Remove support for $PLATFORM in rpath search paths.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 419 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 420 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 422 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 423 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 424 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 425 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 426 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 427 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 428 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 429 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 430 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 431 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 432 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 433 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 434 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 435 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
436 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
437 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 438 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 439 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
440@end ifset
441@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
442
443@emph{Target MMIX options:}
444 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
445 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
446 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 447 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 448@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
449@ifset NIOSII
450
451@emph{Target Nios II options:}
452 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
453 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
454@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
455@ifset NDS32
456
457@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
458 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
459 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
460 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
464 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
465 [@b{-mb2bb}]
466@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
467@ifset PDP11
468
469@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
470 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
471 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 472 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
473@end ifset
474@ifset PJ
475
476@emph{Target picoJava options:}
477 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
478@end ifset
479@ifset PPC
480
481@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
483 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
484 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 485 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 486 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
487 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
488 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 489 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 490 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
491 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
492 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 493 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 494 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 495@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
496@ifset RL78
497
498@emph{Target RL78 options:}
499 [@b{-mg10}]
500 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
501@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
502@ifset RX
503
504@emph{Target RX options:}
505 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 506 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
507 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
508 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
509 [@b{-mpid}]
510 [@b{-mrelax}]
511 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
512 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 513@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
514@ifset S390
515
516@emph{Target s390 options:}
517 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
518 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
519 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
520@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
521@ifset SCORE
522
523@emph{Target SCORE options:}
524 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
525 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
526 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
527 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
528@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
529@ifset SPARC
530
531@emph{Target SPARC options:}
532@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
533 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
534 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
535 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
536 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
537 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
538 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
539 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
540 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
541 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
542 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
543 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
544 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
545 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 546 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 547 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
548@end ifset
549@ifset TIC54X
550
551@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 552 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
553 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
554@end ifset
40b36596
JM
555@ifset TIC6X
556
557@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
558 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
559 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
560 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 561@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
562@ifset TILEGX
563
564@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 565 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
566@end ifset
567@ifset TILEPRO
568@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
569@end ifset
b6605ddd 570@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 571
b6605ddd
EB
572@emph{Target Visium options:}
573 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
574@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
575@ifset XTENSA
576
577@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
578 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
579 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
580 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
581 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
582 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 583 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 584@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
585@ifset Z80
586
587@emph{Target Z80 options:}
588 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
589 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
590 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
591 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
592 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
593 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
594 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
595@end ifset
a4fb0134 596@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 597
a4fb0134 598@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 599@end ifset
e0001a05 600
0285c67d 601@c man end
252b5132
RH
602@end smallexample
603
0285c67d
NC
604@c man begin OPTIONS
605
a4fb0134 606@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 607@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 608
83f10cb2 609@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
610Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
611
a4fb0134 612@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
613@item -ac
614omit false conditionals
615
616@item -ad
617omit debugging directives
618
83f10cb2
NC
619@item -ag
620include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
621
252b5132
RH
622@item -ah
623include high-level source
624
625@item -al
626include assembly
627
628@item -am
629include macro expansions
630
631@item -an
632omit forms processing
633
634@item -as
635include symbols
636
637@item =file
638set the name of the listing file
639@end table
640
641You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
642listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
643the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
644
caa32fe5 645@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
646Begin in alternate macro mode.
647@ifclear man
648@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
649@end ifclear
caa32fe5 650
955974c6 651@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
652Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
653ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
654linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
655given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 656
151411f8
L
657@ifset ELF
658@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
659@item --compress-debug-sections=none
660@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
661@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
662@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
663These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
664@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
665@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
666@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 667@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 668@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
669@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
670sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
671@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
672@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
673
151411f8
L
674@end ifset
675
955974c6 676@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
677Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
678targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
679override this.
955974c6 680
252b5132
RH
681@item -D
682Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
683other assemblers.
684
3d6b762c
JM
685@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
686When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
687information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
688
252b5132
RH
689@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
690Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
691@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
692indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
693value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
694use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
695
696@item -f
697``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
698compiler output).
699
329e276d
NC
700@item -g
701@itemx --gen-debug
702Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
703debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
704ECOFF or DWARF2.
705
252b5132
RH
706@item --gstabs
707Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
708may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
709
05da4302
NC
710@item --gstabs+
711Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
712extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
713debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
714may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
715the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
716
329e276d 717@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 718Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 719may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 720option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 721
b40bf0a2
NC
722@item --gdwarf-sections
723Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
724.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
725corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
726will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
727@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
728then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
729suffix.
730
b8871f35 731@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
732@item --size-check=error
733@itemx --size-check=warning
734Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
735
b8871f35
L
736@item --elf-stt-common=no
737@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
738These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
739symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
740by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
741@end ifset
742
252b5132
RH
743@item --help
744Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
745
ea20a7da
CC
746@item --target-help
747Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
748
252b5132
RH
749@item -I @var{dir}
750Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
751
752@item -J
753Don't warn about signed overflow.
754
755@item -K
756@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
757This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
758@end ifclear
759@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
760Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
761@end ifset
762
763@item -L
764@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
765Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
766system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
767or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
768@ifclear man
769@xref{Symbol Names}.
770@end ifclear
252b5132 771
c3a27914
NC
772@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
773Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
774listing to @var{number}.
775
776@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
777Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
778lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
779
780@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
781Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
782@var{number} bytes.
783
784@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
785Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
786to @var{number} + 1.
787
2edb36e7
NC
788@item --no-pad-sections
789Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
790of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
791which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
792
252b5132 793@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 794Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
795
796@item -R
797Fold the data section into the text section.
798
d60646b9 799@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
800Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
801@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
802assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
803memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
804requirements at the expense of speed.
805
806@item --reduce-memory-overheads
807This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
808assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
809@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
810
451133ce
NP
811@ifset ELF
812@item --sectname-subst
813Honor substitution sequences in section names.
814@ifclear man
815@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
816@end ifclear
817@end ifset
818
252b5132
RH
819@item --statistics
820Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
821assembly.
822
823@item --strip-local-absolute
824Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
825
826@item -v
827@itemx -version
a4fb0134 828Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
829
830@item --version
a4fb0134 831Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
832
833@item -W
2bdd6cf5 834@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
835Suppress warning messages.
836
2bdd6cf5
GK
837@item --fatal-warnings
838Treat warnings as errors.
839
840@item --warn
841Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
842
252b5132
RH
843@item -w
844Ignored.
845
846@item -x
847Ignored.
848
849@item -Z
850Generate an object file even after errors.
851
852@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
853Standard input, or source files to assemble.
854
855@end table
2a633939
JM
856@c man end
857
a06ea964
NC
858@ifset AARCH64
859
860@ifclear man
861@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
862for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
863@end ifclear
864
865@ifset man
866@c man begin OPTIONS
867The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
86864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
869@c man end
870@c man begin INCLUDE
871@include c-aarch64.texi
872@c ended inside the included file
873@end ifset
874
875@end ifset
876
2a633939
JM
877@ifset ALPHA
878
879@ifclear man
880@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
881for an Alpha processor.
882@end ifclear
883
884@ifset man
885@c man begin OPTIONS
886The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
887processor.
888@c man end
889@c man begin INCLUDE
890@include c-alpha.texi
891@c ended inside the included file
892@end ifset
893
894@end ifset
252b5132 895
2a633939 896@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 897@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
899processor.
252b5132 900
a4fb0134 901@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 902@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
903This option selects the core processor variant.
904@item -EB | -EL
905Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
906@item -mcode-density
907Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
908@end table
909@end ifset
910
911@ifset ARM
912The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
913processor family.
914
a4fb0134 915@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 916@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 917Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 918@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 919Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 920@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 921Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
922@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
923Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
924@item -mthumb
925Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 926@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
927Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
928@item -EB | -EL
929Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
930@item -mthumb-interwork
931Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
932ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
933@item -mccs
934Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
935@item -k
936Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
937@end table
938@end ifset
635fb38d 939@c man end
252b5132 940
9982501a 941@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
942
943@ifclear man
944@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
945configured for the Blackfin processor family.
946@end ifclear
947
948@ifset man
949@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
950The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
951the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
952@c man end
953@c man begin INCLUDE
954@include c-bfin.texi
955@c ended inside the included file
956@end ifset
9982501a 957
9982501a
JZ
958@end ifset
959
635fb38d 960@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
961@ifset CRIS
962See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
963@end ifset
964
252b5132
RH
965@ifset D10V
966The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
967a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 968@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
969@cindex D10V optimization
970@cindex optimization, D10V
971@item -O
972Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
973@end table
974@end ifset
975
976@ifset D30V
977The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
978processor.
a4fb0134 979@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
980@cindex D30V optimization
981@cindex optimization, D30V
982@item -O
983Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
984
985@cindex D30V nops
986@item -n
987Warn when nops are generated.
988
989@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
990@item -N
991Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
992@end table
993@end ifset
731caf76
L
994@c man end
995
cfb8c092
NC
996@ifset EPIPHANY
997The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
998Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
999
56b13185
JR
1000@ifclear man
1001@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1002configured for an Epiphany processor.
1003@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1004
56b13185
JR
1005@ifset man
1006@c man begin OPTIONS
1007The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1008an Epiphany processor.
1009@c man end
1010@c man begin INCLUDE
1011@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1012@c ended inside the included file
1013@end ifset
1014
1015@end ifset
1016
1017@ifset H8300
1018
1019@ifclear man
1020@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1021for an H8/300 processor.
1022@end ifclear
1023
1024@ifset man
1025@c man begin OPTIONS
1026The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1027processor.
1028@c man end
1029@c man begin INCLUDE
1030@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1031@c ended inside the included file
1032@end ifset
cfb8c092 1033
cfb8c092
NC
1034@end ifset
1035
731caf76 1036@ifset I80386
252b5132 1037
731caf76
L
1038@ifclear man
1039@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1040configured for an i386 processor.
1041@end ifclear
1042
1043@ifset man
1044@c man begin OPTIONS
1045The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1046an i386 processor.
1047@c man end
1048@c man begin INCLUDE
1049@include c-i386.texi
1050@c ended inside the included file
1051@end ifset
1052
1053@end ifset
1054
1055@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1056@ifset I960
1057The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1058Intel 80960 processor.
1059
a4fb0134 1060@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1061@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1062Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1063
1064@item -b
1065Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1066
1067@item -no-relax
1068Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1069error if necessary.
1070
1071@end table
1072@end ifset
1073
a40cbfa3
NC
1074@ifset IP2K
1075The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1076Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1077
1078@table @gcctabopt
1079
1080@item -mip2022ext
1081Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1082
1083@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1084Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1085just the basic IP2022 ones.
1086
1087@end table
1088@end ifset
1089
49f58d10
JB
1090@ifset M32C
1091The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1092Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1093
1094@table @gcctabopt
1095
1096@item -m32c
1097Assemble M32C instructions.
1098
1099@item -m16c
1100Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1101
c54b5932
DD
1102@item -relax
1103Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1104
1105@item -h-tick-hex
1106Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1107
49f58d10
JB
1108@end table
1109@end ifset
1110
ec694b89
NC
1111@ifset M32R
1112The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1113Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1114
a4fb0134 1115@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1116
1117@item --m32rx
1118Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1119is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1120
1121@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1122Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1123encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1124
1125@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1126Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1127encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1128
1129@end table
1130@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1131
1132@ifset M680X0
1133The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1134Motorola 68000 series.
1135
a4fb0134 1136@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1137
1138@item -l
1139Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1140
0285c67d
NC
1141@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1142@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1143@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1144Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1145is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1146
1147@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1148The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1149The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1150the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1151two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1152coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1153
1154@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1155The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1156unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1157
1158@end table
1159@end ifset
1160
36591ba1
SL
1161@ifset NIOSII
1162
1163@ifclear man
1164@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1165for an Altera Nios II processor.
1166@end ifclear
1167
1168@ifset man
1169@c man begin OPTIONS
1170The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1171Altera Nios II processor.
1172@c man end
1173@c man begin INCLUDE
1174@include c-nios2.texi
1175@c ended inside the included file
1176@end ifset
1177@end ifset
1178
e135f41b
NC
1179@ifset PDP11
1180
1181For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1182see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1183
a4fb0134 1184@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1185@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1186Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1187default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1188
1189@item -mall
1190@itemx -mall-extensions
1191Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1192
1193@item -mno-extensions
1194Disable all instruction set extensions.
1195
1196@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1197Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1198
1199@item -m@var{cpu}
1200Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1201disable all other extensions.
1202
1203@item -m@var{machine}
1204Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1205model, and disable all other extensions.
1206@end table
1207
1208@end ifset
1209
041dd5a9
ILT
1210@ifset PJ
1211The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1212a picoJava processor.
1213
a4fb0134 1214@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1215
1216@cindex PJ endianness
1217@cindex endianness, PJ
1218@cindex big endian output, PJ
1219@item -mb
1220Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1221
1222@cindex little endian output, PJ
1223@item -ml
1224Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1225
1226@end table
1227@end ifset
1228
60bcf0fa
NC
1229@ifset M68HC11
1230The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1231Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1232
a4fb0134 1233@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1234
6927f982 1235@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1236Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1237defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1238
6927f982
NC
1239@item --xgate-ramoffset
1240Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1241XGATE address space.
1242
2f904664
SC
1243@item -mshort
1244Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1245
1246@item -mlong
01642c12 1247Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1248
1249@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1250Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1251
1252@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1253Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1254
1370e33d 1255@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1256Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1257conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1258sub routine.
1259
1370e33d
NC
1260@item -S | --short-branches
1261Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1262when the offset is out of range.
1263
1264@item --strict-direct-mode
1265Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1266when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1267
1268@item --print-insn-syntax
1269Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1270
1271@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1272Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1273
1274@item --generate-example
6927f982 1275Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1276This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1277
1278@end table
1279@end ifset
1280
252b5132 1281@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1282The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1283for the SPARC architecture:
1284
a4fb0134 1285@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1286@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1287@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1288Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1289
1290@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1291@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1292
1293@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1294UltraSPARC extensions.
1295
1296@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1297For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1298equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1299
1300@item -bump
1301Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1302@end table
1303@end ifset
1304
39bec121
TW
1305@ifset TIC54X
1306The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1307architecture.
39bec121 1308
a4fb0134 1309@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1310@item -mfar-mode
1311Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1312extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1313@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1314Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1315@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1316Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1317behaviour in the shell.
1318@end table
1319@end ifset
1320
252b5132
RH
1321@ifset MIPS
1322The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1323a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1324
a4fb0134 1325@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1326@item -G @var{num}
1327This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1328implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1329use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1330
1331@cindex MIPS endianness
1332@cindex endianness, MIPS
1333@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1334@item -EB
1335Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1336
1337@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1338@item -EL
1339Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1340
1341@cindex MIPS ISA
1342@item -mips1
1343@itemx -mips2
1344@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1345@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1346@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1347@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1348@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1349@itemx -mips32r3
1350@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1351@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1352@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1353@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1354@itemx -mips64r3
1355@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1356@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1357Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1358@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1359alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1360@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1361@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1362@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1363@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1364MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1365Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1366MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1367
98508b2a
RS
1368@item -march=@var{cpu}
1369Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1370
1371@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1372Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1373
1374@item -mfix7000
1375@itemx -mno-fix7000
1376Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1377of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1378
a8d14a88
CM
1379@item -mfix-rm7000
1380@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1381Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1382followed by a load instruction.
1383
ecb4347a
DJ
1384@item -mdebug
1385@itemx -no-mdebug
1386Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1387section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1388
dcd410fe
RO
1389@item -mpdr
1390@itemx -mno-pdr
1391Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1392
437ee9d5
TS
1393@item -mgp32
1394@itemx -mfp32
1395The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1396flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1397all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1398and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1399
351cdf24
MF
1400@item -mgp64
1401@itemx -mfp64
1402The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1403flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1404all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1405and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1406
1407@item -mfpxx
1408The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1409this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1410which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
141132 or 64 bits wide.
1412
1413@item -modd-spreg
1414@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1415Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1416registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1417@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1418
437ee9d5
TS
1419@item -mips16
1420@itemx -no-mips16
1421Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1422@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1423turns off this option.
252b5132 1424
df58fc94
RS
1425@item -mmicromips
1426@itemx -mno-micromips
1427Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1428@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1429turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1430at the start of the assembly file.
1431
e16bfa71
TS
1432@item -msmartmips
1433@itemx -mno-smartmips
1434Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1435equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1436@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1437
1f25f5d3
CD
1438@item -mips3d
1439@itemx -no-mips3d
1440Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1441This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1442@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1443
deec1734
CD
1444@item -mdmx
1445@itemx -no-mdmx
1446Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1447This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1448@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1449
2ef2b9ae
CF
1450@item -mdsp
1451@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1452Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1453This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1454@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1455
8b082fb1
TS
1456@item -mdspr2
1457@itemx -mno-dspr2
1458Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1459This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1460This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1461@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1462
8f4f9071
MF
1463@item -mdspr3
1464@itemx -mno-dspr3
1465Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1466This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1467This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1468@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1469
56d438b1
CF
1470@item -mmsa
1471@itemx -mno-msa
1472Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1473This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1474@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1475
7d64c587
AB
1476@item -mxpa
1477@itemx -mno-xpa
1478Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1479This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1480@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1481
ef2e4d86
CF
1482@item -mmt
1483@itemx -mno-mt
1484Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1485This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1486@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1487
dec0624d
MR
1488@item -mmcu
1489@itemx -mno-mcu
1490Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1491This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1492@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1493
833794fc
MR
1494@item -minsn32
1495@itemx -mno-insn32
1496Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1497microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1498instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1499the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1500option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1501start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1502selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1503
437ee9d5
TS
1504@item --construct-floats
1505@itemx --no-construct-floats
1506The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1507double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1508value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1509the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1510selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1511
3bf0dbfb
MR
1512@item --relax-branch
1513@itemx --no-relax-branch
1514The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1515branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1516out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1517
ba92f887
MR
1518@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1519Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1520(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1521
252b5132
RH
1522@cindex emulation
1523@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1524This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1525on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1526removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1527It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1528
1529The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1530@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1531is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1532big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1533preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1534
1535@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1536@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1537the native tools.
1538
252b5132
RH
1539@item --trap
1540@itemx --no-trap
1541@itemx --break
1542@itemx --no-break
1543Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1544@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1545(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1546@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1547break exception.
63486801
L
1548
1549@item -n
a4fb0134 1550When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1551time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1552@end table
1553@end ifset
1554
1555@ifset MCORE
1556The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1557an MCore processor.
1558
a4fb0134 1559@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1560@item -jsri2bsr
1561@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1562Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1563The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1564
1565@item -sifilter
1566@itemx -nosifilter
1567Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1568The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1569
1570@item -relax
1571Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1572
ec694b89
NC
1573@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1574Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1575can be assembled.
1576
1577@item -EB
1578Assemble for a big endian target.
1579
1580@item -EL
1581Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1582
1583@end table
1584@end ifset
a3c62988 1585@c man end
252b5132 1586
a3c62988
NC
1587@ifset METAG
1588
1589@ifclear man
1590@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1591for a Meta processor.
1592@end ifclear
1593
1594@ifset man
1595@c man begin OPTIONS
1596The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1597Meta processor.
1598@c man end
1599@c man begin INCLUDE
1600@include c-metag.texi
1601@c ended inside the included file
1602@end ifset
1603
1604@end ifset
1605
1606@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1607@ifset MMIX
1608See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1609@end ifset
1610
35c08157
KLC
1611@ifset NDS32
1612
1613@ifclear man
1614@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1615for a NDS32 processor.
1616@end ifclear
1617@c ended inside the included file
1618@end ifset
1619
1620@ifset man
1621@c man begin OPTIONS
1622The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1623NDS32 processor.
1624@c man end
1625@c man begin INCLUDE
1626@include c-nds32.texi
1627@c ended inside the included file
1628@end ifset
1629
635fb38d 1630@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1631@ifset PPC
1632
1633@ifclear man
1634@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1635for a PowerPC processor.
1636@end ifclear
1637
1638@ifset man
1639@c man begin OPTIONS
1640The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1641PowerPC processor.
1642@c man end
1643@c man begin INCLUDE
1644@include c-ppc.texi
1645@c ended inside the included file
1646@end ifset
1647
1648@end ifset
1649
e23eba97
NC
1650@ifset RISCV
1651
1652@ifclear man
1653@xref{RISC-V-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1654for a RISC-V processor.
1655@end ifclear
1656
1657@ifset man
1658@c man begin OPTIONS
1659The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1660RISC-V processor.
1661@c man end
1662@c man begin INCLUDE
1663@include c-riscv.texi
1664@c ended inside the included file
1665@end ifset
1666
1667@end ifset
1668
635fb38d 1669@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1670@ifset RX
1671See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1672@end ifset
1673
11c19e16
MS
1674@ifset S390
1675The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1676processor family.
1677
1678@table @gcctabopt
1679@item -m31
1680@itemx -m64
1681Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1682@item -mesa
1683@item -mzarch
1684Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1685Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1686@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1687Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1688@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1689@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1690@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
1691or @samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}).
11c19e16
MS
1692@item -mregnames
1693@itemx -mno-regnames
1694Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1695@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1696Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1697but evaluates to zero.
1698@end table
1699@end ifset
2a633939 1700@c man end
11c19e16 1701
40b36596 1702@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1703
1704@ifclear man
1705@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1706for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1707@end ifclear
1708
1709@ifset man
1710@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1711The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1712TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1713@c man end
1714@c man begin INCLUDE
1715@include c-tic6x.texi
1716@c ended inside the included file
1717@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1718
1719@end ifset
1720
aa137e4d
NC
1721@ifset TILEGX
1722
1723@ifclear man
1724@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1725for a TILE-Gx processor.
1726@end ifclear
1727
1728@ifset man
1729@c man begin OPTIONS
1730The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1731processor.
1732@c man end
1733@c man begin INCLUDE
1734@include c-tilegx.texi
1735@c ended inside the included file
1736@end ifset
1737
1738@end ifset
1739
b6605ddd
EB
1740@ifset VISIUM
1741
1742@ifclear man
1743@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1744for a Visium processor.
1745@end ifclear
1746
1747@ifset man
1748@c man begin OPTIONS
1749The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1750processor.
1751@c man end
1752@c man begin INCLUDE
1753@include c-visium.texi
1754@c ended inside the included file
1755@end ifset
1756
1757@end ifset
1758
e0001a05 1759@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1760
2d8b84ae
SA
1761@ifclear man
1762@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1763for an Xtensa processor.
1764@end ifclear
1765
1766@ifset man
1767@c man begin OPTIONS
1768The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1769Xtensa processor.
1770@c man end
1771@c man begin INCLUDE
1772@include c-xtensa.texi
1773@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1774@end ifset
1775
2d8b84ae
SA
1776@end ifset
1777
1778@c man begin OPTIONS
1779
3c9b82ba
NC
1780@ifset Z80
1781The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1782a Z80 family processor.
1783@table @gcctabopt
1784@item -z80
1785Assemble for Z80 processor.
1786@item -r800
1787Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1788@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1789@itemx -Wnud
1790Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1791@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1792@itemx -Wnup
1793Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1794@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1795@itemx -Wud
1796Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1797@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1798@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1799Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1800@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1801@itemx -Fud
1802Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1803@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1804@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1805Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1806@end table
1807@end ifset
1808
0285c67d
NC
1809@c man end
1810
252b5132
RH
1811@menu
1812* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1813* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1814* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1815* Command Line:: Command Line
1816* Input Files:: Input Files
1817* Object:: Output (Object) File
1818* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1819@end menu
1820
1821@node Manual
1822@section Structure of this Manual
1823
1824@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1825This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1826@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1827notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1828@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1829
1830@ifclear GENERIC
1831We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1832configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1833@end ifclear
1834@ifset GENERIC
1835This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1836various flavors of the assembler.
1837@end ifset
1838
1839@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1840On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1841to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1842In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1843architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1844mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1845particular architecture.
1846@ifset GENERIC
1847You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1848machine architecture manual for this information.
1849@end ifset
1850@ifclear GENERIC
1851@ifset H8/300
1852For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1853Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1854Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1855@end ifset
252b5132 1856@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1857For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1858see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1859@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1860@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1861@end ifset
1862@ifset Z8000
1863For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1864@end ifset
1865@end ifclear
1866
1867@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1868@ignore
1869Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1870the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1871Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1872computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1873once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1874qualification.
1875
a4fb0134 1876@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1877human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1878computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1879@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1880@end ignore
1881
1882@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1883@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1884@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1885@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1886@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1887@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1888@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1889@c directives).
1890
1891@node GNU Assembler
1892@section The GNU Assembler
1893
0285c67d
NC
1894@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1895
a4fb0134 1896@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1897@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1898This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1899configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1900@end ifclear
1901If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1902should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1903architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1904including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1905@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1906
1907@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1908@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1909@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1910@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1911assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1912machine would assemble.
1913@ifset VAX
1914Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1915@end ifset
1916@ifset M680X0
1917@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1918@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1919This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1920assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1921incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1922@end ifset
1923
0285c67d
NC
1924@c man end
1925
a4fb0134 1926Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1927program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1928@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1929
1930@node Object Formats
1931@section Object File Formats
1932
1933@cindex object file format
1934The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1935object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1936write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1937are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1938Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1939@ifclear GENERIC
1940@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1941For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1942@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1943@end ifclear
1944@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1945@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1946On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1947@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1948@end ifset
1949@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1950On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1951SOM or ELF format object files.
1952@end ifset
1953@end ifclear
1954
1955@node Command Line
1956@section Command Line
1957
1958@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1959
a4fb0134 1960After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1961options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1962before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1963significant.
1964
1965@cindex standard input, as input file
1966@kindex --
1967@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1968explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1969
1970@cindex options, command line
1971Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1972hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1973@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1974option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1975the letter is important. All options are optional.
1976
1977Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1978name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1979with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1980standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1981
1982@smallexample
1983@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1984@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1985@end smallexample
1986
1987@node Input Files
1988@section Input Files
1989
1990@cindex input
1991@cindex source program
1992@cindex files, input
1993We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1994describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1995be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1996doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1997
1998@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1999@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2000The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2001order specified.
2002
0285c67d 2003@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2004Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2005program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2006(The standard input is also a file.)
2007
a4fb0134 2008You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2009names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2010command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2011is taken to be an input file name.
2012
a4fb0134
SC
2013If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2014from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2015may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2016to assemble.
2017
2018Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2019in your command line.
2020
a4fb0134 2021If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2022file.
2023
0285c67d
NC
2024@c man end
2025
252b5132
RH
2026@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2027
2028@cindex input file linenumbers
2029@cindex line numbers, in input files
2030There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2031either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2032number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2033``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2034
2035@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2036to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2037
2038@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2039directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2040error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2041is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2042@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2043@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2044
2045@node Object
2046@section Output (Object) File
2047
2048@cindex object file
2049@cindex output file
2050@kindex a.out
2051@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2052Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2053your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2054is the object file. Its default name is
2055@ifclear BOUT
2056@code{a.out}.
2057@end ifclear
2058@ifset BOUT
2059@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2060@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2061@end ifset
a4fb0134 2062@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2063@end ifset
a4fb0134 2064You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2065object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2066reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2067directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2068possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2069
2070@cindex linker
2071@kindex ld
2072The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2073assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2074the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2075information for the debugger.
2076
2077@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2078@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2079
2080@node Errors
2081@section Error and Warning Messages
2082
0285c67d
NC
2083@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2084
a349d9dd 2085@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2086@cindex warning messages
2087@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2088@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2089file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2090runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2091that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2092grave problem that stops the assembly.
2093
0285c67d
NC
2094@c man end
2095
252b5132
RH
2096@cindex format of warning messages
2097Warning messages have the format
2098
2099@smallexample
2100file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2101@end smallexample
2102
2103@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2104@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2105(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2106(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2107@ifset GENERIC
2108(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2109@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2110have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2111in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2112intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2113
2114Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2115directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2116
2117@smallexample
2118 .file 2 "bar.c"
2119 error_assembler_source
2120 .file "foo.c"
2121 .line 30
2122 error_c_source
2123@end smallexample
2124
2125produces this output:
2126
2127@smallexample
2128 Assembler messages:
2129 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2130 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2131@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2132
2133@cindex format of error messages
2134Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2135
252b5132
RH
2136@smallexample
2137file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2138@end smallexample
72e0b254 2139
252b5132
RH
2140The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2141messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2142because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2143
2144@node Invoking
2145@chapter Command-Line Options
2146
2147@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2148This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2149versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2150for options specific
252b5132 2151@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2152to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2153@end ifclear
2154@ifset GENERIC
2155to particular machine architectures.
2156@end ifset
2157
0285c67d
NC
2158@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2159
c1253627 2160If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2161you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2162The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2163by commas. For example:
2164
2165@smallexample
2166gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2167@end smallexample
2168
2169@noindent
2170This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2171standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2172local symbols in the symbol table).
2173
2174Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2175command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2176(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2177precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2178assembler.)
2179
0285c67d
NC
2180@c man end
2181
252b5132 2182@menu
83f10cb2 2183* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2184* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2185* D:: -D for compatibility
2186* f:: -f to work faster
2187* I:: -I for .include search path
2188@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2189* K:: -K for compatibility
2190@end ifclear
2191@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2192* K:: -K for difference tables
2193@end ifset
2194
ba83aca1 2195* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2196* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2197* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2198* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2199* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2200* o:: -o to name the object file
2201* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2202* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2203* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2204* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2205* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2206* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2207@end menu
2208
2209@node a
83f10cb2 2210@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2211
2212@kindex -a
2213@kindex -ac
2214@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2215@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2216@kindex -ah
2217@kindex -al
2218@kindex -an
2219@kindex -as
2220@cindex listings, enabling
2221@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2222
2223These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2224@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2225You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2226@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2227@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2228@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2229High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2230@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2231also.
2232
83f10cb2
NC
2233Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2234information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2235
252b5132
RH
2236Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2237which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2238other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2239omitted from the listing.
2240
2241Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2242listing.
2243
2244Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2245listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2246@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2247@code{.sbttl}.
2248The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2249If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2250listing-control directives have no effect.
2251
2252The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2253@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2254
96e9638b
BW
2255Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2256because it
c3a27914
NC
2257is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2258is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2259directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2260stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2261memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2262
caa32fe5
NC
2263@node alternate
2264@section @option{--alternate}
2265
2266@kindex --alternate
2267Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2268
252b5132 2269@node D
a4fb0134 2270@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2271
2272@kindex -D
2273This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2274likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2275@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2276
2277@node f
a4fb0134 2278@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2279
2280@kindex -f
2281@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2282@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2283@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2284(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2285and comment preprocessing on
2286the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2287,Preprocessing}.
2288
2289@quotation
2290@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2291preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2292not work correctly.
2293@end quotation
2294
2295@node I
c1253627 2296@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2297
2298@kindex -I @var{path}
2299@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2300@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2301@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2302Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2303@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2304directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2305many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2306working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2307searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2308specified (left to right) on the command line.
2309
2310@node K
a4fb0134 2311@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2312
2313@kindex -K
2314@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2315On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2316permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2317where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2318generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2319family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2320alteration on other platforms.
2321@end ifclear
2322
2323@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2324@cindex difference tables, warning
2325@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2326@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2327form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2328You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2329is done.
2330@end ifset
2331
2332@node L
ba83aca1 2333@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2334
2335@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2336@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2337Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2338@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2339called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2340such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2341programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2342notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2343such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2344
2345This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2346in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2347@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2348
c3a27914 2349@node listing
a4fb0134 2350@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2351
2352The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2353@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2354hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2355them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2356directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2357@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2358@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2359@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2360
a4fb0134 2361@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2362@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2363@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2364@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2365Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2366dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2367
2368@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2369@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2370@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2371Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2372a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2373the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2374switch is used the default is to one.
2375
2376@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2377@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2378@cindex Width of source line output
2379Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2380alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2381source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2382
2383@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2384@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2385@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2386Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2387displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2388@end table
2389
252b5132 2390@node M
a4fb0134 2391@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2392
2393@kindex -M
2394@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2395The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2396changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2397compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2398configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2399MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2400information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2401arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2402assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2403
2404The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2405depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2406file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2407individually. These are:
2408
2409@itemize @bullet
2410@item global symbols in common section
2411
2412The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2413Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2414common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2415symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2416symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2417
2418@item complex relocations
2419
2420The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2421relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2422are not support by other object file formats.
2423
2424@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2425
2426The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2427This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2428instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2429script.
2430
2431@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2432
2433The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2434name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2435
2436@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2437
2438The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2439address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2440which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2441not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2442assigned within a linker script.
2443@end itemize
2444
2445There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2446@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2447seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2448
2449@itemize @bullet
2450
2451@item EBCDIC strings
2452
2453EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2454
2455@item packed binary coded decimal
2456
2457Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2458and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2459
2460@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2461
2462The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2463
2464@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2465
2466The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2467
2468@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2469
2470The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2471@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2472relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2473these options serve no purpose.
2474
2475@item @code{OPT} list control options
2476
2477The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2478@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2479@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2480
2481@item other @code{OPT} options
2482
2483The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2484@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2485
2486@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2487
2488The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2489@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2490
2491@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2492
2493The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2494
2495@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2496
2497The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2498
2499@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2500
2501The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2502
2503@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2504
2505The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2506
2507@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2508
2509The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2510
2511@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2512
2513The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2514
2515@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2516
2517The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2518
2519@end itemize
2520
2521@node MD
c1253627 2522@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2523
2524@kindex --MD
2525@cindex dependency tracking
2526@cindex make rules
2527
a4fb0134 2528@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2529file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2530dependencies of the main source file.
2531
2532The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2533
2534This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2535
2edb36e7
NC
2536@node no-pad-sections
2537@section Output Section Padding
2538@kindex --no-pad-sections
2539@cindex output section padding
2540Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2541alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2542memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2543disable this behaviour.
2544
252b5132 2545@node o
a4fb0134 2546@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2547
2548@kindex -o
2549@cindex naming object file
2550@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2551There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2552default it has the name
2553@ifset GENERIC
2554@ifset I960
2555@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2556@end ifset
2557@ifclear I960
2558@file{a.out}.
2559@end ifclear
2560@end ifset
2561@ifclear GENERIC
2562@ifset I960
2563@file{b.out}.
2564@end ifset
2565@ifclear I960
2566@file{a.out}.
2567@end ifclear
2568@end ifclear
2569You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2570object file a different name.
2571
a4fb0134 2572Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2573existing file of the same name.
2574
2575@node R
a4fb0134 2576@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2577
2578@kindex -R
2579@cindex data and text sections, joining
2580@cindex text and data sections, joining
2581@cindex joining text and data sections
2582@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2583@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2584data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2585the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2586section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2587your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2588appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2589
a4fb0134 2590When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2591address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2592data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2593older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2594
c1253627
NC
2595@ifset COFF-ELF
2596When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2597this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2598@samp{.data}.
2599@end ifset
2600
2601@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2602@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2603@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2604@end ifset
2605
2606@node statistics
a4fb0134 2607@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2608
2609@kindex --statistics
2610@cindex statistics, about assembly
2611@cindex time, total for assembly
2612@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2613Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2614@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2615(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2616seconds).
2617
2618@node traditional-format
c1253627 2619@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2620
2621@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2622For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2623from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2624@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2625
2626For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2627@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2628
2629@node v
a4fb0134 2630@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2631
2632@kindex -v
2633@kindex -version
2634@cindex assembler version
2635@cindex version of assembler
2636You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2637option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2638command line.
2639
2640@node W
a4fb0134 2641@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2642
a4fb0134 2643@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2644assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2645cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2646made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2647
c1253627
NC
2648@kindex -W
2649@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2650@cindex suppressing warnings
2651@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2652If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2653This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2654how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2655are still reported.
2656
c1253627 2657@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2658@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2659@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2660If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2661files that generate warnings to be in error.
2662
c1253627 2663@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2664@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2665You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2666causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2667
2668@node Z
a4fb0134 2669@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2670@cindex object file, after errors
2671@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2672After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2673some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2674@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2675option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2676writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2677errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2678
2679@node Syntax
2680@chapter Syntax
2681
2682@cindex machine-independent syntax
2683@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2684This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2685source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2686assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2687@ifclear VAX
2688assembler.
2689@end ifclear
2690@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2691assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2692@end ifset
2693
2694@menu
7c31ae13 2695* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2696* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2697* Comments:: Comments
2698* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2699* Statements:: Statements
2700* Constants:: Constants
2701@end menu
2702
2703@node Preprocessing
2704@section Preprocessing
2705
2706@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2707The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2708@itemize @bullet
2709@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2710@item
2711adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2712the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2713a single space.
2714
2715@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2716@item
2717removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2718appropriate number of newlines.
2719
2720@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2721@item
2722converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2723@end itemize
2724
2725It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2726anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2727do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2728(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2729to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2730@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2731Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2732
2733Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2734cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2735preprocessed.
2736
2737@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2738@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2739@kindex #NO_APP
2740@kindex #APP
2741If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2742@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2743Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2744specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2745text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2746@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2747@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2748and whitespace.
2749
2750@node Whitespace
2751@section Whitespace
2752
2753@cindex whitespace
2754@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2755Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2756people to read. Unless within character constants
2757(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2758as exactly one space.
2759
2760@node Comments
2761@section Comments
2762
2763@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2764There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2765cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2766
2767Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2768This means you may not nest these comments.
2769
2770@smallexample
2771/*
2772 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2773 is to use this sort of comment.
2774*/
2775
2776/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2777@end smallexample
2778
2779@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2780Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2781considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2782specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2783line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2784line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2785comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2786upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2787@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2788
2789If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2790special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2791to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2792
2793@kindex #
2794@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2795@cindex logical line numbers
2796To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2797special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2798expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2799line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2800new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2801
2802If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2803the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2804
2805@smallexample
2806 # This is an ordinary comment.
2807# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2808 # This is logical line # 36.
2809@end smallexample
2810This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2811of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2812
2813@node Symbol Intro
2814@section Symbols
2815
2816@cindex characters used in symbols
2817@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2818A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2819letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2820@samp{_.$}.
2821@end ifclear
2822@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2823@ifclear GENERIC
2824@ifset H8
2825A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2826letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2827@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2828symbol names.)
2829@end ifset
2830@end ifclear
2831@end ifset
2832@ifset GENERIC
2833On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2834are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2835@end ifset
2836No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2837There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2838are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2839beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2840of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2841
2842Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2843cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2844quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2845backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2846@cindex length of symbols
2847
2848@node Statements
2849@section Statements
2850
2851@cindex statements, structure of
2852@cindex line separator character
2853@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2854
2855A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2856@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2857specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2858target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2859The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2860preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2861exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2862
2863@cindex newline, required at file end
2864@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2865It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2866character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2867
2868An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2869
2870@cindex instructions and directives
2871@cindex directives and instructions
2872@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2873@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2874@c 13feb91.
2875A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2876key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2877symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2878symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2879directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2880a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2881assembles into a machine language instruction.
2882@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2883Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2884recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2885represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2886language.@refill
2887@end ifset
2888
2889@cindex @code{:} (label)
2890@cindex label (@code{:})
2891A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2892Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2893have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2894
2895@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2896For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2897the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2898only one label may be defined on each line.
2899@end ifset
2900
2901@smallexample
2902label: .directive followed by something
2903another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2904 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2905@end smallexample
2906
2907@node Constants
2908@section Constants
2909
2910@cindex constants
2911A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2912inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2913@smallexample
2914@group
2915.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2916.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2917.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2918.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
291995028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2920@end group
2921@end smallexample
2922
2923@menu
2924* Characters:: Character Constants
2925* Numbers:: Number Constants
2926@end menu
2927
2928@node Characters
2929@subsection Character Constants
2930
2931@cindex character constants
2932@cindex constants, character
2933There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2934for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2935numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2936@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2937used in arithmetic expressions.
2938
2939@menu
2940* Strings:: Strings
2941* Chars:: Characters
2942@end menu
2943
2944@node Strings
2945@subsubsection Strings
2946
2947@cindex string constants
2948@cindex constants, string
2949A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2950double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2951into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2952a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2953one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2954@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2955(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2956escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2957
2958@cindex escape codes, character
2959@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2960@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2961@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2962@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2963@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2964@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2965@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2966@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2967@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2968@table @kbd
2969@c @item \a
2970@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2971@c
361fa3a4 2972@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2973@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2974@item \b
2975Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2976
2977@c @item \e
2978@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2979@c
361fa3a4 2980@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2981@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2982@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2983Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2984
361fa3a4 2985@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2986@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2987@item \n
2988Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2989
2990@c @item \p
2991@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2992@c
361fa3a4
NC
2993@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2994@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2995@item \r
2996Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2997
2998@c @item \s
2999@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3000@c other assemblers.
3001@c
361fa3a4 3002@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3003@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3004@item \t
3005Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3006
3007@c @item \v
3008@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3009@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3010@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3011@c
361fa3a4 3012@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3013@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3014@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3015An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3016For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3017for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3018
361fa3a4 3019@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3020@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3021@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3022A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3023lower case @code{x} works.
3024
361fa3a4 3025@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3026@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3027@item \\
3028Represents one @samp{\} character.
3029
3030@c @item \'
3031@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3032@c This is needed in single character literals
3033@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3034@c a @samp{'}.
3035@c
361fa3a4 3036@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3037@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3038@item \"
3039Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3040this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3041
3042@item \ @var{anything-else}
3043Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3044assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3045you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3046interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3047other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3048code and warns you of the fact.
3049@end table
3050
3051Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3052varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3053the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3054compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3055sequence.
3056
3057@node Chars
3058@subsubsection Characters
3059
3060@cindex single character constant
3061@cindex character, single
3062@cindex constant, single character
3063A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
3064followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
3065to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
3066must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3067@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3068grave accent. A newline
3069@ifclear GENERIC
3070@ifclear abnormal-separator
3071(or semicolon @samp{;})
3072@end ifclear
3073@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3074@ifset H8
3075(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3076Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3077@end ifset
3078@end ifset
3079@end ifclear
3080immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3081and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3082constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3083that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3084@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3085
3086@node Numbers
3087@subsection Number Constants
3088
3089@cindex constants, number
3090@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3091@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3092are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3093would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3094integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3095are floating point numbers, described below.
3096
3097@menu
3098* Integers:: Integers
3099* Bignums:: Bignums
3100* Flonums:: Flonums
3101@ifclear GENERIC
3102@ifset I960
3103* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3104@end ifset
3105@end ifclear
3106@end menu
3107
3108@node Integers
3109@subsubsection Integers
3110@cindex integers
3111@cindex constants, integer
3112
3113@cindex binary integers
3114@cindex integers, binary
3115A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3116the binary digits @samp{01}.
3117
3118@cindex octal integers
3119@cindex integers, octal
3120An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3121digits (@samp{01234567}).
3122
3123@cindex decimal integers
3124@cindex integers, decimal
3125A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3126more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3127
3128@cindex hexadecimal integers
3129@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3130A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3131more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3132
3133Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3134the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3135(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3136
3137@node Bignums
3138@subsubsection Bignums
3139
3140@cindex bignums
3141@cindex constants, bignum
3142A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3143except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3144represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3145integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3146
3147@node Flonums
3148@subsubsection Flonums
3149@cindex flonums
3150@cindex floating point numbers
3151@cindex constants, floating point
3152
3153@cindex precision, floating point
3154A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3155indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3156@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3157sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3158to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3159portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3160
3161A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3162@itemize @bullet
3163@item
3164The digit @samp{0}.
3165@ifset HPPA
3166(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3167@end ifset
3168
3169@item
a4fb0134 3170A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3171@ifset GENERIC
3172@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3173@ignore
3174@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3175(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31764.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3177@end ignore
3178
7be1c489 3179On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3180and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3181one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3182
3183On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3184(in upper or lower case).
3185
3186On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3187one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3188
3189On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3190@end ifset
3191@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3192@ifset ARC
3193One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3194@end ifset
3195@ifset H8
3196One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3197@end ifset
3198@ifset HPPA
3199The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3200@end ifset
3201@ifset I960
3202One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3203@end ifset
3204@end ifclear
3205
3206@item
3207An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3208
3209@item
3210An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3211
3212@item
3213An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3214or more decimal digits.
3215
3216@item
3217An optional exponent, consisting of:
3218
3219@itemize @bullet
3220@item
3221An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3222@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3223@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3224@item
3225Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3226@item
3227One or more decimal digits.
3228@end itemize
3229
3230@end itemize
3231
3232At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3233present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3234
a4fb0134 3235@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3236independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3237@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3238
3239@ifclear GENERIC
3240@ifset I960
3241@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3242@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3243@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3244@node Bit Fields
3245@subsubsection Bit Fields
3246
3247@cindex bit fields
3248@cindex constants, bit field
3249You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3250Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3251@example
3252@var{mask}:@var{value}
3253@end example
3254@noindent
a4fb0134 3255@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3256@var{value}.
3257
3258The resulting number is then packed
3259@ifset GENERIC
3260@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3261(in host-dependent byte order)
3262@end ifset
3263into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3264bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3265requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3266more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3267least significant digits.@refill
3268
3269The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3270@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3271@end ifset
3272@end ifclear
3273
3274@node Sections
3275@chapter Sections and Relocation
3276@cindex sections
3277@cindex relocation
3278
3279@menu
3280* Secs Background:: Background
3281* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3282* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3283* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3284* bss:: bss Section
3285@end menu
3286
3287@node Secs Background
3288@section Background
3289
3290Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3291``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3292For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3293
3294@cindex linker, and assembler
3295@cindex assembler, and linker
3296The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3297combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3298emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3299@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3300different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3301oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3302sections.
3303
3304@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3305addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3306units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3307within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3308run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3309the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3310the proper run-time addresses.
3311@ifset H8
7be1c489 3312For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3313@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3314ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3315@end ifset
3316
3317@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3318An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3319of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3320@dfn{bss} sections.
3321
c1253627 3322@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3323@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3324When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3325@end ifset
a4fb0134 3326@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3327using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3328If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3329or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3330@end ifset
3331
3332@ifset HPPA
3333@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3334When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3335@end ifset
a4fb0134 3336@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3337specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3338@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3339(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3340assembler directives.
3341
3342@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3343Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3344text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3345is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3346BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3347@end ifset
3348@end ifset
3349
3350Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3351data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3352
3353@ifset HPPA
3354When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3355section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3356@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3357@end ifset
3358
3359To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3360relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3361object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3362@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3363file is mentioned:
3364@itemize @bullet
3365@item
3366Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3367an address?
3368@item
3369How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3370@item
3371Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3372@display
3373(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3374@end display
3375@item
3376Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3377@end itemize
3378
3379@cindex addresses, format of
3380@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3381In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3382@display
3383(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3384@end display
3385@noindent
a4fb0134 3386Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3387nature.
3388@ifset SOM
3389(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3390symbol-relative instead.)
3391@end ifset
3392
3393In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3394@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3395
3396Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3397@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3398addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3399@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3400@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3401data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3402their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3403part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3404address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3405
3406The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3407address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3408rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3409Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3410address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3411common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3412time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3413
3414By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3415the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3416sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3417customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3418the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3419data and bss sections.
3420
3421Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3422use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3423
3424@node Ld Sections
3425@section Linker Sections
3426@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3427
3428@table @strong
3429
c1253627 3430@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3431@cindex named sections
3432@cindex sections, named
3433@item named sections
3434@end ifset
3435@ifset aout-bout
3436@cindex text section
3437@cindex data section
3438@itemx text section
3439@itemx data section
3440@end ifset
a4fb0134 3441These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3442separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3443true of another.
3444@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3445When the program is running, however, it is
3446customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3447text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3448instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3449program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3450in the data section.
c1253627 3451@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3452
3453@cindex bss section
3454@item bss section
3455This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3456is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3457each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3458out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3459bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3460those explicit zeros from object files.
3461
3462@cindex absolute section
3463@item absolute section
3464Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3465This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3466not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3467addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3468
3469@cindex undefined section
3470@item undefined section
3471This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3472the preceding sections.
3473@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3474@end table
3475
3476@cindex relocation example
3477An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3478@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3479The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3480@end ifset
3481Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3482
3483@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3484@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3485@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3486@smallexample
3487 +-----+----+--+
3488partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3489 +-----+----+--+
3490
3491 text data bss
3492 seg. seg. seg.
3493
3494 +---+---+---+
3495partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3496 +---+---+---+
3497
3498 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3499linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3500 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3501
3502 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3503@end smallexample
3504@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3505@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3506@need 5000
3507@tex
c1253627 3508\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3509\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3510\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3511\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3512
3513\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3514\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3515\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3516
3517\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3518\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3519\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3520ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3521DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3522
3523\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3524\line{0\dots\hfil}
3525
3526@end tex
3527@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3528
3529@node As Sections
3530@section Assembler Internal Sections
3531
3532@cindex internal assembler sections
3533@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3534These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3535have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3536sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3537warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3538meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3539value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3540section-relative address.
3541
3542@table @b
3543@cindex assembler internal logic error
3544@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3545An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3546bug in the assembler.
3547
3548@cindex expr (internal section)
3549@item expr section
3550The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3551symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3552it in the expr section.
3553@c FIXME item debug
3554@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3555@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3556@c FIXME item register
3557@end table
3558
3559@node Sub-Sections
3560@section Sub-Sections
3561
3562@cindex numbered subsections
3563@cindex grouping data
3564@ifset aout-bout
3565Assembled bytes
c1253627 3566@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3567conventionally
3568@end ifset
3569fall into two sections: text and data.
3570@end ifset
3571You may have separate groups of
3572@ifset GENERIC
3573data in named sections
3574@end ifset
3575@ifclear GENERIC
3576@ifclear aout-bout
3577data in named sections
3578@end ifclear
3579@ifset aout-bout
3580text or data
3581@end ifset
3582@end ifclear
3583that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3584are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3585use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3586numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3587same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3588subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3589section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3590assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3591section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3592constants being output.
3593
3594Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3595goes in subsection number zero.
3596
3597@ifset GENERIC
3598Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3599(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3600of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3601@end ifset
3602@ifclear GENERIC
3603@ifset H8
7be1c489 3604On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3605boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3606The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3607@end ifset
3608@ifset I960
3609@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3610@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3611@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3612@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3613@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3614@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3615@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3616@end ifclear
3617
3618Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3619to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3620The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3621other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3622They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3623data subsections as a data section.
3624
3625To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3626into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3627@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3628@ifset COFF
252b5132 3629@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3630When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3631@end ifset
3632@ifclear GENERIC
3633You
3634@end ifclear
3635can also use an extra subsection
3636argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3637@var{expression}}.
3638@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3639@ifset ELF
3640@ifset GENERIC
3641When generating ELF output, you
3642@end ifset
3643@ifclear GENERIC
3644You
3645@end ifclear
3646can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3647to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3648@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3649@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3650(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3651is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3652begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3653@smallexample
3654.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3655.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3656.text 1
3657.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3658.data 0
3659.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3660.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3661.text 0
3662.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3663.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3664@end smallexample
3665
3666Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3667assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3668restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3669counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3670@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3671current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3672assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3673
3674@node bss
3675@section bss Section
3676
3677@cindex bss section
3678@cindex common variable storage
3679The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3680You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3681not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3682your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3683section are zeroed bytes.
3684
3685The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3686@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3687
3688The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3689another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3690
3691@ifset GENERIC
3692When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3693COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3694see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3695section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3696@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3697@end ifset
3698
3699@node Symbols
3700@chapter Symbols
3701
3702@cindex symbols
3703Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3704things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3705to debug.
3706
3707@quotation
3708@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3709@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3710the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3711@end quotation
3712
3713@menu
3714* Labels:: Labels
3715* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3716* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3717* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3718* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3719@end menu
3720
3721@node Labels
3722@section Labels
3723
3724@cindex labels
3725A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3726@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3727active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3728operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3729different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3730definitions.
3731
3732@ifset HPPA
3733On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3734colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3735a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3736provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3737@end ifset
3738
3739@node Setting Symbols
3740@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3741
3742@cindex assigning values to symbols
3743@cindex symbol values, assigning
3744A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3745by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3746(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3747directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3748equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3749@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3750
f8739b83
JZ
3751@ifset Blackfin
3752Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3753@end ifset
3754
252b5132
RH
3755@node Symbol Names
3756@section Symbol Names
3757
3758@cindex symbol names
3759@cindex names, symbol
3760@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3761Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3762machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3763noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3764string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3765particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3766@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3767@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3768@ifset H8
3769Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3770Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3771character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3772on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3773@end ifset
3774@end ifset
3775
3776Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3777than @code{Foo}.
3778
ed1fcdd1
NC
3779Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3780Local Labels. See below.
3781
7bfd842d
NC
3782Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3783multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3784@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3785currently supported.
3786
252b5132
RH
3787Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3788refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3789in a program.
3790
3791@subheading Local Symbol Names
3792
3793@cindex local symbol names
3794@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3795A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3796By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3797@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3798set of local label prefixes.
3799@ifset HPPA
3800On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3801@end ifset
3802
3803Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3804normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3805You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3806to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3807
3808@subheading Local Labels
3809
3810@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3811@cindex temporary symbol names
3812@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3813Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3814programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3815be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3816referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3817the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3818To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3819@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3820to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3821stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3822
3823There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3824too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3825the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3826defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3827definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3828noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3829implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3830
3831Here is an example:
3832
3833@smallexample
38341: branch 1f
38352: branch 1b
38361: branch 2f
38372: branch 1b
3838@end smallexample
3839
3840Which is the equivalent of:
3841
3842@smallexample
3843label_1: branch label_3
3844label_2: branch label_1
3845label_3: branch label_4
3846label_4: branch label_3
3847@end smallexample
3848
ba83aca1 3849Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3850transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3851The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3852are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3853these parts:
252b5132
RH
3854
3855@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3856@item @emph{local label prefix}
3857All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3858Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3859that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3860used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3861@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3862object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3863you may use them in debugging.
3864
2d5aaba0
NC
3865@item @var{number}
3866This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3867label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3868
2d5aaba0
NC
3869@item @kbd{C-B}
3870This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3871of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3872
3873@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3874This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3875@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3876number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3877the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3878@end table
3879
ba83aca1
BW
3880So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3881the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3882
3883@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3884@cindex dollar local symbols
3885
ed1fcdd1
NC
3886On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3887local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3888become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3889valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3890by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3891by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3892
3893Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3894except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3895@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3896
3897They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3898names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3899to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3900@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3901
3902@node Dot
3903@section The Special Dot Symbol
3904
3905@cindex dot (symbol)
3906@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3907@cindex current address
3908@cindex location counter
3909The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3910@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3911.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3912Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3913directive.
252b5132 3914@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3915Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3916@samp{.space 4}.
3917@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3918
3919@node Symbol Attributes
3920@section Symbol Attributes
3921
3922@cindex symbol attributes
3923@cindex attributes, symbol
3924Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3925``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3926attributes.
3927@ifset INTERNALS
3928The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3929@end ifset
3930
a4fb0134 3931If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3932all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3933symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3934would want.
3935
3936@menu
3937* Symbol Value:: Value
3938* Symbol Type:: Type
3939@ifset aout-bout
3940@ifset GENERIC
3941* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3942@end ifset
3943@ifclear GENERIC
3944@ifclear BOUT
3945* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3946@end ifclear
3947@ifset BOUT
3948* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3949@end ifset
3950@end ifclear
3951@end ifset
3952@ifset COFF
3953* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3954@end ifset
3955@ifset SOM
3956* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3957@end ifset
3958@end menu
3959
3960@node Symbol Value
3961@subsection Value
3962
3963@cindex value of a symbol
3964@cindex symbol value
3965The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3966location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3967number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3968Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3969as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3970symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3971called absolute.
3972
3973The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39740 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3975@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3976same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3977name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3978common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3979bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3980allocated storage.
3981
3982@node Symbol Type
3983@subsection Type
3984
3985@cindex type of a symbol
3986@cindex symbol type
3987The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3988information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3989(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3990format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3991
3992@ifset aout-bout
3993@ifclear GENERIC
3994@ifset BOUT
3995@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3996@c better if it were available outside examples.
3997@need 1000
3998@node a.out Symbols
3999@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
4000
4001@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
4002@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4003These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
4004one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
4005@code{b.out}.
4006
4007@end ifset
4008@ifclear BOUT
4009@node a.out Symbols
4010@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4011
4012@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4013@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4014
4015@end ifclear
4016@end ifclear
4017@ifset GENERIC
4018@node a.out Symbols
4019@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4020
4021@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4022@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4023
4024@end ifset
4025@menu
4026* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4027* Symbol Other:: Other
4028@end menu
4029
4030@node Symbol Desc
4031@subsubsection Descriptor
4032
4033@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4034This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4035descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4036(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4037@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4038
4039@node Symbol Other
4040@subsubsection Other
4041
4042@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4043This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4044@end ifset
4045
4046@ifset COFF
4047@node COFF Symbols
4048@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4049
4050@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4051@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4052
4053The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4054like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4055@code{.endef} directives.
4056
4057@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4058
4059@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4060The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4061respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4062
4063@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4064
4065@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4066The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4067@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4068table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4069@end ifset
4070
4071@ifset SOM
4072@node SOM Symbols
4073@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4074
4075@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4076@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4077
4078The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4079the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4080
01642c12 4081The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4082Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4083@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4084@end ifset
4085
4086@node Expressions
4087@chapter Expressions
4088
4089@cindex expressions
4090@cindex addresses
4091@cindex numeric values
4092An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4093Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4094
4095The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4096a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4097enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4098section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4099the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4100@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4101
4102@menu
4103* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4104* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4105@end menu
4106
4107@node Empty Exprs
4108@section Empty Expressions
4109
4110@cindex empty expressions
4111@cindex expressions, empty
4112An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4113Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4114expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4115is compatible with other assemblers.
4116
4117@node Integer Exprs
4118@section Integer Expressions
4119
4120@cindex integer expressions
4121@cindex expressions, integer
4122An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4123by @emph{operators}.
4124
4125@menu
4126* Arguments:: Arguments
4127* Operators:: Operators
4128* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4129* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4130@end menu
4131
4132@node Arguments
4133@subsection Arguments
4134
4135@cindex expression arguments
4136@cindex arguments in expressions
4137@cindex operands in expressions
4138@cindex arithmetic operands
4139@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4140contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4141this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4142the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4143expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4144instruction operands.
4145
4146Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4147@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4148or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4149integer.
4150
4151Numbers are usually integers.
4152
4153A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4154that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4155these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4156instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4157assemblers.
4158
4159@cindex subexpressions
4160Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4161expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4162operator followed by an argument.
4163
4164@node Operators
4165@subsection Operators
4166
4167@cindex operators, in expressions
4168@cindex arithmetic functions
4169@cindex functions, in expressions
4170@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4171operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4172between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4173whitespace.
4174
4175@node Prefix Ops
4176@subsection Prefix Operator
4177
4178@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4179@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4180one argument, which must be absolute.
4181
4182@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4183@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4184@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4185@tex
4186\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4187@end tex
4188
4189@table @code
4190@item -
4191@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4192@item ~
4193@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4194@end table
4195
4196@tex
4197\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4198@end tex
4199
4200@node Infix Ops
4201@subsection Infix Operators
4202
4203@cindex infix operators
4204@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4205@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4206have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4207to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4208absolute, and the result is absolute.
4209
4210@enumerate
4211@cindex operator precedence
4212@cindex precedence of operators
4213
4214@item
4215Highest Precedence
4216
4217@table @code
4218@item *
4219@dfn{Multiplication}.
4220
4221@item /
4222@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4223
4224@item %
4225@dfn{Remainder}.
4226
d1eac9d9 4227@item <<
252b5132
RH
4228@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4229
d1eac9d9 4230@item >>
252b5132
RH
4231@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4232@end table
4233
4234@item
4235Intermediate precedence
4236
4237@table @code
4238@item |
4239
4240@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4241
4242@item &
4243@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4244
4245@item ^
4246@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4247
4248@item !
4249@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4250@end table
4251
4252@item
b131d4dc 4253Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4254
4255@table @code
4256@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4257@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4258@cindex arguments for addition
4259@item +
4260@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4261the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4262sections.
4263
4264@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4265@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4266@cindex arguments for subtraction
4267@item -
4268@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4269result has the section of the left argument.
4270If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4271You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4272@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4273
4274@cindex comparison expressions
4275@cindex expressions, comparison
4276@item ==
4277@dfn{Is Equal To}
4278@item <>
723a8472 4279@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4280@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4281@item <
4282@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4283@item >
b131d4dc 4284@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4285@item >=
b131d4dc 4286@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4287@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4288@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4289
4290The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4291value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4292perform signed comparisons.
4293@end table
4294
4295@item Lowest Precedence
4296
4297@table @code
4298@item &&
4299@dfn{Logical And}.
4300
4301@item ||
4302@dfn{Logical Or}.
4303
4304These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4305expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4306value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4307or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4308
252b5132
RH
4309@end table
4310@end enumerate
4311
4312In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4313address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4314
4315@node Pseudo Ops
4316@chapter Assembler Directives
4317
4318@cindex directives, machine independent
4319@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4320@cindex machine independent directives
4321All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4322The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4323in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4324
4325This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4326target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4327@ifset GENERIC
4328Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4329@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4330@end ifset
4331@ifclear GENERIC
4332@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4333@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4334@end ifset
4335@end ifclear
4336
4337@menu
4338* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4339@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4340* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4341@end ifset
f0dc282c 4342
252b5132 4343* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4344* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4345* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4346* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4347* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4348* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4349* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4350* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4351* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4352* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4353@ifset COFF
4354* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4355@end ifset
4356@ifset aout-bout
4357* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4358@end ifset
4359@ifset COFF
4360* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4361@end ifset
f0dc282c 4362
252b5132
RH
4363* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4364* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4365* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4366* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4367* End:: @code{.end}
4368@ifset COFF
4369* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4370@end ifset
f0dc282c 4371
252b5132
RH
4372* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4373* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4374* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4375* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4376* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4377* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4378* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4379* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4380* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4381* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4382* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4383* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4384* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4385* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4386* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4387@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4388* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4389* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4390@end ifset
f0dc282c 4391
252b5132
RH
4392* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4393* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4394* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4395* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4396* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4397* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4398@ifset ELF
4399* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4400@end ifset
f0dc282c 4401
252b5132
RH
4402* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4403* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4404* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4405* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4406@ifclear no-line-dir
4407* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4408@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4409
252b5132
RH
4410* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4411* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4412* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4413* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4414* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4415@ifset ELF
4416* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4417@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4418
252b5132
RH
4419* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4420@ignore
4421* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4422@end ignore
f0dc282c 4423
252b5132
RH
4424* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4425* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4426* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4427* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4428* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4429* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4430* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4431* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4432@ifset ELF
4433* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4434* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4435@end ifset
f0dc282c 4436
252b5132 4437* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4438@ifset ELF
4439* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4440@end ifset
f0dc282c 4441
252b5132
RH
4442* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4443* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4444@ifset ELF
4445* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4446@end ifset
f0dc282c 4447
252b5132 4448* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4449* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4450* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4451* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4452@ifset COFF
4453* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4454@end ifset
4455@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4456* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4457@end ifset
f0dc282c 4458
252b5132
RH
4459* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4460* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4461* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4462@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4463* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4464@end ifset
884f0d36 4465@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4466* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4467@end ifclear
4468
252b5132 4469* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4470@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4471* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4472@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4473@ifset have-stabs
4474* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4475@end ifset
f0dc282c 4476
38a57ae7 4477* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4478* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4479@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4480* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4481* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4482@end ifset
f0dc282c 4483
252b5132
RH
4484@ifset COFF
4485* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4486@end ifset
f0dc282c 4487
252b5132
RH
4488* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4489* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4490@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4491* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4492@end ifset
4493
c91d2e08 4494* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4495@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4496* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4497@end ifset
f0dc282c 4498
2e13b764 4499@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4500* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4501* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4502* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4503@end ifset
f0dc282c 4504
d190d046 4505* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4506* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4507* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4508* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4509@ifclear no-space-dir
4510* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4511@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4512* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4513@end menu
4514
4515@node Abort
4516@section @code{.abort}
4517
4518@cindex @code{abort} directive
4519@cindex stopping the assembly
4520This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4521compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4522assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4523of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4524quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4525
4526@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4527@node ABORT (COFF)
4528@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4529
4530@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4531When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4532synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4533
4534@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4535When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4536but ignores it.
4537@end ifset
4538@end ifset
4539
4540@node Align
4541@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4542
4543@cindex padding the location counter
4544@cindex @code{align} directive
4545Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4546boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4547required, as described below.
4548
4549The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4550padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4551padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4552marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4553with no-op instructions.
4554
4555The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4556it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4557directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4558specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4559fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4560required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4561with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4562
4563The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4564For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4565s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4566alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4567the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4568is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4569first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4570
9e9a9798 4571For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4572strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4573number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4574advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4575counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4576multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4577
4578This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4579native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4580GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4581described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4582architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4583
ccf8a69b
BW
4584@node Altmacro
4585@section @code{.altmacro}
4586Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4587
4588@ftable @code
4589@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4590One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4591generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4592replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4593replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4594separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4595define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4596
4597@item String delimiters
4598You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4599@code{"@var{string}"}:
4600
4601@table @code
4602@item '@var{string}'
4603You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4604
4605@item <@var{string}>
4606You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4607@end table
4608
4609@item single-character string escape
4610To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4611character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4612character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4613write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4614
4615@item Expression results as strings
4616You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4617and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4618@end ftable
4619
252b5132
RH
4620@node Ascii
4621@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4622
4623@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4624@cindex string literals
4625@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4626separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4627trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4628
4629@node Asciz
4630@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4631
4632@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4633@cindex zero-terminated strings
4634@cindex null-terminated strings
4635@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4636a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4637
4638@node Balign
4639@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4640
4641@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4642@cindex @code{balign} directive
4643Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4644storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4645alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4646the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4647is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4648
4649The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4650padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4651padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4652marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4653with no-op instructions.
4654
4655The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4656it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4657directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4658specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4659fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4660required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4661with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4662
4663@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4664@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4665The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4666@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4667pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4668fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46694,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4670filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4671the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4672undefined.
4673
fa94de6b 4674@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4675@section Bundle directives
4676@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4677@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4678@cindex bundle
4679@cindex instruction bundle
4680@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4681@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4682bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4683into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4684disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4685gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4686@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4687
4688For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4689certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4690instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4691@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4692chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4693effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4694instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4695that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4696end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4697starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4698instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4699
d3b47e2b 4700@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4701@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4702@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4703The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4704allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4705are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4706aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4707@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4708directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4709
4710@cindex bundle-locked
4711For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4712appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4713instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4714and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4715instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4716sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4717@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4718entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4719boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4720first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4721aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4722bundle size.
4723
d416e51d
RM
4724For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4725inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4726nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4727@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4728matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4729same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4730
252b5132
RH
4731@node Byte
4732@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4733
4734@cindex @code{byte} directive
4735@cindex integers, one byte
4736@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4737Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4738
54cfded0 4739@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4740@section CFI directives
4741@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4742@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4743@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4744should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4745If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4746if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4747To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4748directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4749
2f0c68f2
CM
4750On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4751by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4752
bd5608dc
NC
4753Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4754which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4755
4756The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4757arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4758generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4759redefine it will result in an error.
4760
d3b47e2b 4761@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4762@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4763@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4764should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4765data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4766@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4767
01642c12 4768Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4769it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4770
d3b47e2b 4771@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4772@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4773@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4774unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4775@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4776
d3b47e2b 4777@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4778@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4779@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4780@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4781should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4782argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4783a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4784the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4785can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4786The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4787no personality routine.
4788
2f0c68f2
CM
4789@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4790@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4791@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4792defined in a compact unwinding format.
4793Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4794with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4795
4796@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4797@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4798@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4799used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4800@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4801in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4802Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4803with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4804
d3b47e2b 4805@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4806@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4807@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4808should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4809argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4810or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4811meaning that no LSDA is present.
4812
4813@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4814@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4815switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4816Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4817Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4818with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4819
4820The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4821so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4822referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4823in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4824by a section directive.
4825
4826The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4827The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4828@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4829
d3b47e2b 4830@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4831@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4832address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4833
d3b47e2b 4834@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4835@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4836now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4837remains the same.
4838
d3b47e2b 4839@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4840@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4841remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4842absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4843CFA address.
4844
d3b47e2b 4845@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4846Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4847value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4848
d3b47e2b 4849@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4850Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4851CFA.
54cfded0 4852
084303b8
AK
4853@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4854Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4855
d3b47e2b 4856@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4857Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4858the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4859using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4860This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4861code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4862
d3b47e2b 4863@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4864Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4865
d3b47e2b 4866@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4867@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4868same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4869instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4870
d3b47e2b 4871@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4872From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4873
d3b47e2b 4874@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4875Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4876i.e. no restoration needed.
4877
48eac74c
MG
4878@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4879@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4880implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4881places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4882multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4883flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4884the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4885
4886@smallexample
4887 je label
4888 popq %rbx
4889 .cfi_restore %rbx
4890 popq %r12
4891 .cfi_restore %r12
4892 popq %rbp
4893 .cfi_restore %rbp
4894 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4895 ret
4896label:
4897 /* Do something else */
4898@end smallexample
4899
4900Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4901to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4902@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4903locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4904@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4905we can write:
4906
4907@smallexample
4908 je label
4909 popq %rbx
4910 .cfi_remember_state
4911 .cfi_restore %rbx
4912 popq %r12
4913 .cfi_restore %r12
4914 popq %rbp
4915 .cfi_restore %rbp
4916 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4917 ret
4918label:
4919 .cfi_restore_state
4920 /* Do something else */
4921@end smallexample
4922
4923That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4924as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4925@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4926
d3b47e2b 4927@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4928Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4929directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4930
d3b47e2b 4931@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4932Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4933
d3b47e2b 4934@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4935SPARC register window has been saved.
4936
d3b47e2b 4937@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4938Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4939might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4940opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4941
d3b47e2b 4942@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4943The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4944will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4945description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4946
4947The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4948limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4949mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4950by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4951or another register.
4952
ccf8a69b
BW
4953@node Comm
4954@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4955
ccf8a69b
BW
4956@cindex @code{comm} directive
4957@cindex symbol, common
4958@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4959common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4960of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4961definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4962allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4963absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4964the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4965using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4966
c1711530
DK
4967@ifset COFF-ELF
4968When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4969an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4970specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4971that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4972as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4973boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4974power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4975common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4976alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4977largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4978maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4979is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4980@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4981multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4982It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4983(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4984@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4985
ccf8a69b
BW
4986@ifset HPPA
4987The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4988@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4989@end ifset
07a53e5c 4990
252b5132
RH
4991@node Data
4992@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4993
4994@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4995@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4996end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4997absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4998to zero.
4999
5000@ifset COFF
5001@node Def
5002@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5003
5004@cindex @code{def} directive
5005@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5006@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5007Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5008definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
5009@ifset BOUT
5010
a4fb0134 5011This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
5012format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
5013but ignored.
5014@end ifset
5015@end ifset
5016
5017@ifset aout-bout
5018@node Desc
5019@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5020
5021@cindex @code{desc} directive
5022@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5023@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5024This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5025to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5026
5027@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5028The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5029configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5030object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5031it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5032@end ifset
5033@end ifset
5034
5035@ifset COFF
5036@node Dim
5037@section @code{.dim}
5038
5039@cindex @code{dim} directive
5040@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5041@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5042This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5043information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5044@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5045@ifset BOUT
5046
5047@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5048@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5049ignores it.
5050@end ifset
5051@end ifset
5052
5053@node Double
5054@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5055
5056@cindex @code{double} directive
5057@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5058@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5059assembles floating point numbers.
5060@ifset GENERIC
5061The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5062@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5063@end ifset
5064@ifclear GENERIC
5065@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5066On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5067in @sc{ieee} format.
5068@end ifset
5069@end ifclear
5070
5071@node Eject
5072@section @code{.eject}
5073
5074@cindex @code{eject} directive
5075@cindex new page, in listings
5076@cindex page, in listings
5077@cindex listing control: new page
5078Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5079
5080@node Else
5081@section @code{.else}
5082
5083@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5084@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5085assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5086of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5087was false.
5088
3fd9f047
TW
5089@node Elseif
5090@section @code{.elseif}
5091
5092@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5093@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5094assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5095@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5096
252b5132
RH
5097@node End
5098@section @code{.end}
5099
5100@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5101@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5102process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5103
5104@ifset COFF
5105@node Endef
5106@section @code{.endef}
5107
5108@cindex @code{endef} directive
5109This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5110@code{.def}.
5111@ifset BOUT
5112
5113@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5114@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5115directive but ignores it.
5116@end ifset
5117@end ifset
5118
5119@node Endfunc
5120@section @code{.endfunc}
5121@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5122@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5123
5124@node Endif
5125@section @code{.endif}
5126
5127@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5128@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5129it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5130conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5131
5132@node Equ
5133@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5134
5135@cindex @code{equ} directive
5136@cindex assigning values to symbols
5137@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5138This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5139It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5140
5141@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5142The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5143@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5144@end ifset
5145
3c9b82ba 5146@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5147The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5148@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5149On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5150but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5151Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5152@end ifset
5153
252b5132
RH
5154@node Equiv
5155@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5156@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5157The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5158the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5159symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5160undefined.
252b5132 5161
01642c12 5162Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5163@smallexample
5164.ifdef SYM
5165.err
5166.endif
5167.equ SYM,VAL
5168@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5169plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5170
5171@node Eqv
5172@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5173@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5174The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5175evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5176the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5177value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5178
5179@node Err
5180@section @code{.err}
5181@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5182If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5183message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5184object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5185
d190d046
HPN
5186@node Error
5187@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5188@cindex error directive
5189
5190Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5191string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5192message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5193@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5194
5195@smallexample
5196 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5197@end smallexample
5198
252b5132
RH
5199@node Exitm
5200@section @code{.exitm}
5201Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5202
5203@node Extern
5204@section @code{.extern}
5205
5206@cindex @code{extern} directive
5207@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5208with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5209all undefined symbols as external.
5210
5211@node Fail
5212@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5213
5214@cindex @code{fail} directive
5215Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5216or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5217than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5218include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5219complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5220
252b5132 5221@node File
14082c76 5222@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5223@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5224
5225@ifclear no-file-dir
5226There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5227that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5228@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5229
5230@subheading Default Version
5231
252b5132
RH
5232@cindex logical file name
5233@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5234This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5235are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5236
5237@smallexample
5238.file @var{string}
5239@end smallexample
5240
5241@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5242recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5243to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5244statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5245old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5246
5247@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5248@end ifclear
5249
14082c76
BW
5250When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5251to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5252
5253@smallexample
5254.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5255@end smallexample
5256
5257The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5258index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5259literal.
5260
5261The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5262table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5263information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5264entries will have.
5265
252b5132
RH
5266@node Fill
5267@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5268
5269@cindex @code{fill} directive
5270@cindex writing patterns in memory
5271@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5272@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5273This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5274may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5275more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5276other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5277is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5278zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5279byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5280Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5281@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5282compatible with other people's assemblers.
5283
5284@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5285If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5286assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5287@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5288
5289@node Float
5290@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5291
5292@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5293@cindex @code{float} directive
5294This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5295has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5296@ifset GENERIC
5297The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5298@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5299@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5300@end ifset
5301@ifclear GENERIC
5302@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5303On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5304in @sc{ieee} format.
5305@end ifset
5306@end ifclear
5307
5308@node Func
5309@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5310@cindex @code{func} directive
5311@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5312is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5313Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5314@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5315prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5316@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5317All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5318The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5319
5320@node Global
5321@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5322
5323@cindex @code{global} directive
5324@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5325@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5326@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5327other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5328@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5329from another file linked into the same program.
5330
5331Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5332compatibility with other assemblers.
5333
5334@ifset HPPA
5335On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5336partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5337@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5338@end ifset
5339
c91d2e08 5340@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5341@node Gnu_attribute
5342@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5343Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5344
c91d2e08
NC
5345@node Hidden
5346@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5347
c1253627
NC
5348@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5349@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5350This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5351@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5352@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5353
5354This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5355their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5356@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5357Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5358@end ifset
5359
252b5132
RH
5360@node hword
5361@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5362
5363@cindex @code{hword} directive
5364@cindex integers, 16-bit
5365@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5366@cindex sixteen bit integers
5367This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5368a 16 bit number for each.
5369
5370@ifset GENERIC
5371This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5372architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5373@end ifset
5374@ifclear GENERIC
5375@ifset W32
5376This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5377@end ifset
5378@ifset W16
5379This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5380@end ifset
5381@end ifclear
5382
5383@node Ident
5384@section @code{.ident}
5385
5386@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5387
5388This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5389behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5390a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5391source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5392for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5393@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5394emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5395
5396@node If
5397@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5398
5399@cindex conditional assembly
5400@cindex @code{if} directive
5401@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5402considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5403(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5404the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5405(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5406alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5407If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5408nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5409
5410The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5411@table @code
5412@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5413@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5414Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5415has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5416is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5417
26aca5f6
JB
5418@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5419@item .ifb @var{text}
5420Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5421
252b5132
RH
5422@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5423@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5424Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5425strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5426the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5427end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5428string comparison is case sensitive.
5429
5430@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5431@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5432Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5433
5434@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5435@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5436Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5437
5438@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5439@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5440Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5441equal to zero.
5442
5443@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5444@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5445Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5446
5447@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5448@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5449Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5450to zero.
5451
5452@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5453@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5454Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5455
26aca5f6
JB
5456@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5457@item .ifnb @var{text}
5458Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5459following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5460
252b5132
RH
5461@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5462@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5463Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5464following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5465
5466@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5467@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5468@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5469@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5470Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5471has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5472which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5473
5474@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5475@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5476Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5477(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5478
5479@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5480@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5481Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5482following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5483@end table
5484
7e005732
NC
5485@node Incbin
5486@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5487
5488@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5489@cindex binary files, including
5490The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5491location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5492option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5493around @var{file}.
5494
5495The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5496@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5497read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5498responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5499after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5500
252b5132
RH
5501@node Include
5502@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5503
5504@cindex @code{include} directive
5505@cindex supporting files, including
5506@cindex files, including
5507This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5508points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5509if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5510included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5511can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5512(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5513around @var{file}.
5514
5515@node Int
5516@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5517
5518@cindex @code{int} directive
5519@cindex integers, 32-bit
5520Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5521For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5522expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5523of target the assembly is for.
5524
5525@ifclear GENERIC
5526@ifset H8
7be1c489 5527On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5528integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
552932-bit integers.
5530@end ifset
5531@end ifclear
5532
c91d2e08
NC
5533@ifset ELF
5534@node Internal
5535@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5536
c1253627
NC
5537@cindex @code{internal} directive
5538@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5539This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5540@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5541@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5542
5543This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5544their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5545@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5546(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5547processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5548@end ifset
5549
252b5132
RH
5550@node Irp
5551@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5552
5553@cindex @code{irp} directive
5554Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5555The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5556terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5557set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5558@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5559@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5560sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5561
5562For example, assembling
5563
5564@example
5565 .irp param,1,2,3
5566 move d\param,sp@@-
5567 .endr
5568@end example
5569
5570is equivalent to assembling
5571
5572@example
5573 move d1,sp@@-
5574 move d2,sp@@-
5575 move d3,sp@@-
5576@end example
5577
96e9638b 5578For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5579
252b5132
RH
5580@node Irpc
5581@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5582
5583@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5584Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5585The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5586terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5587@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5588assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5589assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5590@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5591
5592For example, assembling
5593
5594@example
5595 .irpc param,123
5596 move d\param,sp@@-
5597 .endr
5598@end example
5599
5600is equivalent to assembling
5601
5602@example
5603 move d1,sp@@-
5604 move d2,sp@@-
5605 move d3,sp@@-
5606@end example
5607
5e75c3ab
JB
5608For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5609at @xref{Macro}.
5610
252b5132
RH
5611@node Lcomm
5612@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5613
5614@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5615@cindex local common symbols
5616@cindex symbols, local common
5617Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5618denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5619those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5620section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5621is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5622not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5623
5624@ifset GENERIC
5625Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5626argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5627@end ifset
5628
5629@ifset HPPA
5630The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5631@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5632@end ifset
5633
5634@node Lflags
5635@section @code{.lflags}
5636
5637@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5638@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5639assemblers, but ignores it.
5640
5641@ifclear no-line-dir
5642@node Line
5643@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5644
5645@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5646@cindex logical line number
5647@ifset aout-bout
5648Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5649expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5650statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5651reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5652@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5653for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5654@end ifset
5655
252b5132 5656Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5657@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5658when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5659were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5660@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5661
5662Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5663used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5664debugging.
5665@end ifclear
5666
5667@node Linkonce
5668@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5669@cindex COMDAT
5670@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5671@cindex common sections
5672Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5673This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5674but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5675The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5676Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5677unique.
5678
5679This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5680writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5681Executable format used on Windows NT.
5682
5683The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5684following strings. For example:
5685@smallexample
5686.linkonce same_size
5687@end smallexample
5688Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5689
5690@table @code
5691@item discard
5692Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5693
5694@item one_only
5695Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5696
5697@item same_size
5698Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5699
5700@item same_contents
5701Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5702@end table
5703
ccf8a69b
BW
5704@node List
5705@section @code{.list}
5706
5707@cindex @code{list} directive
5708@cindex listing control, turning on
5709Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5710not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5711internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5712counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5713generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5714
5715By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5716@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5717the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5718
252b5132
RH
5719@node Ln
5720@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5721
5722@cindex @code{ln} directive
5723@ifclear no-line-dir
5724@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5725@end ifclear
5726@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5727Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5728must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5729line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5730statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5731line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5732@ifset BOUT
5733
a4fb0134 5734This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5735configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5736output format.
5737@end ifset
5738@end ifset
5739
ccf8a69b
BW
5740@node Loc
5741@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5742@cindex @code{loc} directive
5743When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5744the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5745number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5746instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5747arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5748the row is added.
252b5132 5749
ccf8a69b
BW
5750The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5751
5752@table @code
5753@item basic_block
5754This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5755@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5756
5757@item prologue_end
5758This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5759@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5760
5761@item epilogue_begin
5762This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5763@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5764
5765@item is_stmt @var{value}
5766This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5767@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5768either 0 or 1.
5769
5770@item isa @var{value}
5771This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5772state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5773
92846e72
CC
5774@item discriminator @var{value}
5775This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5776state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5777
ccf8a69b
BW
5778@end table
5779
5780@node Loc_mark_labels
5781@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5782@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5783When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5784the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5785to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5786register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5787The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5788this function respectively.
252b5132 5789
4d4175af
BW
5790@ifset ELF
5791@node Local
5792@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5793
5794@cindex @code{local} directive
5795This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5796the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5797will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5798they will be created.
5799
5800For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5801accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5802the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5803(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5804@end ifset
5805
252b5132
RH
5806@node Long
5807@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5808
5809@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5810@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5811
5812@ignore
5813@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5814@c what it really ought to do
5815@node Lsym
5816@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5817
5818@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5819@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5820@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5821the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5822rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5823the same as the expression value:
5824@smallexample
5825@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5826@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5827@var{value} = @var{expression}
5828@end smallexample
5829@noindent
5830The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5831@end ignore
5832
5833@node Macro
5834@section @code{.macro}
5835
5836@cindex macros
5837The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5838generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5839@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5840
5841@example
5842 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5843 .long \from
5844 .if \to-\from
5845 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5846 .endif
5847 .endm
5848@end example
5849
5850@noindent
5851With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5852
5853@example
5854 .long 0
5855 .long 1
5856 .long 2
5857 .long 3
5858 .long 4
5859 .long 5
5860@end example
5861
5862@ftable @code
5863@item .macro @var{macname}
5864@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5865@cindex @code{macro} directive
5866Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5867definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5868separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5869indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5870@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5871(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5872macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5873cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5874subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5875definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5876
5877@table @code
5878@item .macro comm
5879Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5880arguments.
5881
6258339f 5882@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5883@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5884Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5885which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5886@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5887
5888@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5889Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5890arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5891After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5892@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5893@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5894,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5895@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5896
6eaeac8a
JB
5897@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5898Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5899arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5900not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5901will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5902
252b5132
RH
5903When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5904position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5905@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5906
6258339f
NC
5907@end table
5908
5e75c3ab
JB
5909Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5910as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5911occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5912characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5913(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5914architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5915character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5916replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5917construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5918identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5919this macro definition:
5920
5921@example
5922 .macro label l
5923\l:
5924 .endm
5925@end example
5926
5927might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5928called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5929assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5930identifier.
5931
5932Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5933which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5934for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5935length specifier like this:
5936
5937@example
5938 .macro opcode base length
5939 \base.\length
5940 .endm
5941@end example
5942
5943and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5944instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5945interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5946
5947There are several possible ways around this problem:
5948
5949@table @code
5950@item Insert white space
5951If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5952solution. eg:
5953
5954@example
5955 .macro label l
5956\l :
5957 .endm
5958@end example
5959
5960@item Use @samp{\()}
5961The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5962the following text. eg:
5963
5964@example
5965 .macro opcode base length
5966 \base\().\length
5967 .endm
5968@end example
5969
5970@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5971In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5972used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5973
5974@example
5975 .altmacro
5976 .macro label l
5977l&:
5978 .endm
5979@end example
6258339f 5980@end table
5e75c3ab 5981
96e9638b 5982Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5983also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5984and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5985
252b5132
RH
5986@item .endm
5987@cindex @code{endm} directive
5988Mark the end of a macro definition.
5989
5990@item .exitm
5991@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5992Exit early from the current macro definition.
5993
5994@cindex number of macros executed
5995@cindex macros, count executed
5996@item \@@
a4fb0134 5997@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5998executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5999output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6000
252b5132
RH
6001@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6002@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6003macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6004@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6005@end ftable
252b5132 6006
ccf8a69b
BW
6007@node MRI
6008@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6009
ccf8a69b
BW
6010@cindex @code{mri} directive
6011@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6012If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6013@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6014affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6015of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6016
caa32fe5
NC
6017@node Noaltmacro
6018@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6019Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6020
252b5132
RH
6021@node Nolist
6022@section @code{.nolist}
6023
6024@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6025@cindex listing control, turning off
6026Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6027not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6028internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6029counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6030generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6031
6032@node Octa
6033@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6034
6035@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6036@cindex @code{octa} directive
6037@cindex integer, 16-byte
6038@cindex sixteen byte integer
6039This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6040bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6041
6042The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6043hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6044
9aec2026
NC
6045@node Offset
6046@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6047
6048@cindex @code{offset} directive
6049Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6050be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6051symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6052directive.
9aec2026 6053
252b5132
RH
6054@node Org
6055@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6056
6057@cindex @code{org} directive
6058@cindex location counter, advancing
6059@cindex advancing location counter
6060@cindex current address, advancing
6061Advance the location counter of the current section to
6062@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6063expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6064you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6065wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6066with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6067@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6068is the same as the current subsection.
6069
6070@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6071unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6072backwards.
6073
6074@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6075@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6076@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6077Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6078may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6079a chance to share your improved assembler.
6080
6081Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6082to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6083people's assemblers.
6084
6085When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6086intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6087absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6088@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6089
6090@node P2align
6091@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6092
6093@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6094@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6095Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6096storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6097number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6098advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6099counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6100multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6101
6102The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6103padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6104padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6105marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6106with no-op instructions.
6107
6108The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6109it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6110directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6111specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6112fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6113required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6114with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6115
6116@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6117@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6118The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6119@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6120pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6121fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61222,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6123filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6124the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6125undefined.
6126
ccf8a69b
BW
6127@ifset ELF
6128@node PopSection
6129@section @code{.popsection}
6130
6131@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6132@cindex Section Stack
6133This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6134@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6135@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6136(@pxref{Previous}).
6137
6138This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6139section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6140stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6141@end ifset
6142
c91d2e08
NC
6143@ifset ELF
6144@node Previous
6145@section @code{.previous}
6146
c1253627 6147@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6148@cindex Section Stack
6149This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6150@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6151@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6152(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6153
6154This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6155referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6156@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6157subsections). For example:
6158
6159@smallexample
6160.section A
6161 .subsection 1
6162 .word 0x1234
6163 .subsection 2
6164 .word 0x5678
6165.previous
6166 .word 0x9abc
6167@end smallexample
6168
6169Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6170section A. Whilst:
6171
6172@smallexample
6173.section A
6174.subsection 1
6175 # Now in section A subsection 1
6176 .word 0x1234
6177.section B
6178.subsection 0
6179 # Now in section B subsection 0
6180 .word 0x5678
6181.subsection 1
6182 # Now in section B subsection 1
6183 .word 0x9abc
6184.previous
6185 # Now in section B subsection 0
6186 .word 0xdef0
6187@end smallexample
6188
6189Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6190section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6191
6192In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6193the top section on the section stack.
6194@end ifset
6195
252b5132
RH
6196@node Print
6197@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6198
6199@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6200@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6201assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6202
c91d2e08
NC
6203@ifset ELF
6204@node Protected
6205@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6206
c1253627
NC
6207@cindex @code{protected} directive
6208@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6209This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6210@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6211
6212This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6213their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6214@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6215components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6216component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6217this.
c91d2e08
NC
6218@end ifset
6219
252b5132
RH
6220@node Psize
6221@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6222
6223@cindex @code{psize} directive
6224@cindex listing control: paper size
6225@cindex paper size, for listings
6226Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6227number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6228
6229If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6230of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6231default width is 200 columns.
6232
a4fb0134 6233@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6234lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6235@code{.eject}).
6236
6237If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6238those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6239
6240@node Purgem
6241@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6242
6243@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6244Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6245expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6246
c91d2e08
NC
6247@ifset ELF
6248@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6249@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6250
c1253627 6251@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6252@cindex Section Stack
6253This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6254@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6255@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6256(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6257
e9863d7f
DJ
6258This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6259top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6260subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6261@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6262as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6263@end ifset
6264
252b5132
RH
6265@node Quad
6266@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6267
6268@cindex @code{quad} directive
6269@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6270each bignum, it emits
6271@ifclear bignum-16
6272an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6273warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6274@cindex eight-byte integer
6275@cindex integer, 8-byte
6276
6277The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6278hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6279@end ifclear
6280@ifset bignum-16
6281a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6282warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6283@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6284@cindex integer, 16-byte
6285@end ifset
6286
05e9452c
AM
6287@node Reloc
6288@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6289
6290@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6291Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6292@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6293the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6294symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6295@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6296absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6297targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6298relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6299section.
6300
252b5132
RH
6301@node Rept
6302@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6303
6304@cindex @code{rept} directive
6305Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6306@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6307
6308For example, assembling
6309
6310@example
6311 .rept 3
6312 .long 0
6313 .endr
6314@end example
6315
6316is equivalent to assembling
6317
6318@example
6319 .long 0
6320 .long 0
6321 .long 0
6322@end example
6323
6324@node Sbttl
6325@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6326
6327@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6328@cindex subtitles for listings
6329@cindex listing control: subtitle
6330Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6331title line) when generating assembly listings.
6332
6333This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6334it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6335
6336@ifset COFF
6337@node Scl
6338@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6339
6340@cindex @code{scl} directive
6341@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6342@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6343Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6344used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6345whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6346symbolic debugging information.
6347@ifset BOUT
6348
6349The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6350configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6351accepts this directive but ignores it.
6352@end ifset
6353@end ifset
6354
c1253627 6355@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6356@node Section
c1253627 6357@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6358
252b5132
RH
6359@cindex named section
6360Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6361named @var{name}.
6362
6363This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6364named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6365with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6366
c1253627
NC
6367@ifset COFF
6368@ifset ELF
6369@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6370@subheading COFF Version
6371@end ifset
6372
6373@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6374For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6375ways:
c91d2e08 6376
252b5132
RH
6377@smallexample
6378.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6379.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6380@end smallexample
6381
6382If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6383section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6384
252b5132
RH
6385@table @code
6386@item b
6387bss section (uninitialized data)
6388@item n
6389section is not loaded
6390@item w
6391writable section
6392@item d
6393data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6394@item e
6395exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6396@item r
6397read-only section
6398@item x
6399executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6400@item s
6401shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6402@item a
6403ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6404@item y
6405section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6406@item 0-9
6407single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6408@end table
6409
6410If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6411the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6412loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6413from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6414will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6415
6416If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6417taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6418@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6419
6420@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6421@ifset COFF
6422@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6423@subheading ELF Version
6424@end ifset
6425
c91d2e08
NC
6426@cindex Section Stack
6427This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6428@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6429(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6430@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6431
c1253627 6432@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6433For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6434
252b5132 6435@smallexample
7047dd1e 6436.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6437@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6438
451133ce
NP
6439@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6440@kindex --sectname-subst
6441@cindex section name substitution
6442If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6443argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6444at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6445
6446@smallexample
6447.macro exception_code
6448.section %S.exception
6449[exception code here]
6450.previous
6451.endm
6452
6453.text
6454[code]
6455exception_code
6456[...]
6457
6458.section .init
6459[init code]
6460exception_code
6461[...]
6462@end smallexample
6463
6464The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6465@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6466This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6467tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6468need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6469macros just for that purpose.
6470
252b5132 6471The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6472combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6473
252b5132
RH
6474@table @code
6475@item a
6476section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6477@item e
6478section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6479@item w
6480section is writable
6481@item x
6482section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6483@item M
6484section is mergeable
6485@item S
6486section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6487@item G
6488section is a member of a section group
6489@item T
6490section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6491@item ?
6492section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6493@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6494a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6495field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6496also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6497resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6498@item @code{<target specific>}
6499some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6500@end table
6501
9fb71ee4
NC
6502Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6503a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6504flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6505@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6506(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6507section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6508
252b5132 6509The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6510
252b5132
RH
6511@table @code
6512@item @@progbits
6513section contains data
6514@item @@nobits
6515section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6516@item @@note
6517section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6518@item @@init_array
6519section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6520@item @@fini_array
6521section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6522@item @@preinit_array
6523section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6524@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6525a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6526@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6527some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6528@end table
6529
9fb71ee4
NC
6530Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6531enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6532
ececec60
NC
6533Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6534ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6535@code{%} character.
6536
9fb71ee4
NC
6537Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6538special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6539type will generate an error from the assembler.
6540
22fe14ad 6541If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6542be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6543
6544@smallexample
6545.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6546@end smallexample
6547
6548Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6549constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6550@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6551@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6552the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6553absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6554which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6555@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6556@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6557
6558If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6559be present along with an additional field like this:
6560
6561@smallexample
6562.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6563@end smallexample
6564
6565The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6566particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6567
22fe14ad
NC
6568@table @code
6569@item comdat
6570indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6571@item .gnu.linkonce
6572an alias for comdat
6573@end table
6574
96e9638b 6575Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6576the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6577
6578@smallexample
6579.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6580@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6581
01642c12
RM
6582If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6583@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6584present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6585this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6586@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6587If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6588
252b5132
RH
6589If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6590the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6591none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6592executable. The section will contain data.
6593
6594For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6595directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6596
252b5132
RH
6597@smallexample
6598.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6599@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6600
252b5132
RH
6601Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6602separated flags:
eda683bb 6603
252b5132
RH
6604@table @code
6605@item #alloc
6606section is allocatable
6607@item #write
6608section is writable
6609@item #execinstr
6610section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6611@item #exclude
6612section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6613@item #tls
6614section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6615@end table
c91d2e08 6616
e9863d7f
DJ
6617This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6618contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6619some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6620work.
c1253627
NC
6621@end ifset
6622@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6623
6624@node Set
6625@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6626
6627@cindex @code{set} directive
6628@cindex symbol value, setting
6629Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6630changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6631@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6632flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6633
5d239759
NC
6634You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6635values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6636involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6637being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6638addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6639final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6640the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6641different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6642
6643If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6644file is the last value stored into it.
6645
3c9b82ba
NC
6646@ifset Z80
6647On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6648@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6649@end ifset
6650
252b5132
RH
6651@node Short
6652@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6653
6654@cindex @code{short} directive
6655@ifset GENERIC
6656@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6657@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6658
6659In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6660numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6661@end ifset
6662@ifclear GENERIC
6663@ifset W16
6664@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6665@end ifset
6666@ifset W32
6667This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6668a 16 bit number for each.
6669@end ifset
6670@end ifclear
6671
6672@node Single
6673@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6674
6675@cindex @code{single} directive
6676@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6677This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6678has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6679@ifset GENERIC
6680The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6681@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6682@end ifset
6683@ifclear GENERIC
6684@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6685On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6686numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6687@end ifset
6688@end ifclear
6689
c1253627 6690@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6691@node Size
c1253627 6692@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6693
c1253627
NC
6694This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6695
6696@ifset COFF
6697@ifset ELF
6698@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6699@subheading COFF Version
6700@end ifset
6701
6702@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6703For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6704@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6705
6706@smallexample
6707.size @var{expression}
6708@end smallexample
252b5132 6709
c91d2e08 6710@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6711@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6712@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6713ignores it.
6714@end ifset
c1253627 6715@end ifset
c91d2e08 6716
c1253627
NC
6717@ifset ELF
6718@ifset COFF
6719@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6720@subheading ELF Version
6721@end ifset
6722
6723@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6724For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6725
c1253627
NC
6726@smallexample
6727.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6728@end smallexample
6729
6730This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6731The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6732arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6733symbols.
c1253627
NC
6734@end ifset
6735@end ifset
252b5132 6736
252b5132
RH
6737@ifclear no-space-dir
6738@node Skip
6739@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6740
6741@cindex @code{skip} directive
6742@cindex filling memory
6743This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6744@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6745@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6746@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6747@end ifclear
252b5132 6748
ccf8a69b
BW
6749@node Sleb128
6750@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6751
6752@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6753@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6754compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6755symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6756
884f0d36 6757@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6758@node Space
6759@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6760
6761@cindex @code{space} directive
6762@cindex filling memory
6763This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6764@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6765and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6766as @samp{.skip}.
6767
6768@ifset HPPA
6769@quotation
6770@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6771targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6772Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6773@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6774for a summary.
6775@end quotation
6776@end ifset
6777@end ifclear
6778
252b5132
RH
6779@ifset have-stabs
6780@node Stab
6781@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6782
6783@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6784@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6785There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6786All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6787The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6788cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6789Up to five fields are required:
6790
6791@table @var
6792@item string
6793This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6794@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6795debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6796using this field.
6797
6798@item type
6799An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6800this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6801and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6802
6803@item other
6804An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6805low 8 bits of this expression.
6806
6807@item desc
6808An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6809bits of this expression.
6810
6811@item value
6812An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6813@end table
6814
6815If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6816or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6817you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6818compatible with earlier assemblers!
6819
6820@table @code
6821@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6822@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6823
6824The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6825It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6826null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6827strings.
6828
6829The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6830relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6831is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6832assembled.
6833
6834@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6835@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6836The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6837
6838@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6839@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6840All five fields are specified.
6841@end table
6842@end ifset
6843@c end have-stabs
6844
6845@node String
38a57ae7 6846@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6847"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6848
6849@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6850@cindex string8, copying to object file
6851@cindex string16, copying to object file
6852@cindex string32, copying to object file
6853@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6854@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6855@cindex @code{string8} directive
6856@cindex @code{string16} directive
6857@cindex @code{string32} directive
6858@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6859
6860Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6861one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6862particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6863You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6864
01642c12 6865The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6866the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6867copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6868are stored in target endianness byte order.
6869
6870Example:
6871@smallexample
6872 .string32 "BYE"
6873expands to:
6874 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6875 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6876@end smallexample
6877
6878
252b5132
RH
6879@node Struct
6880@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6881
6882@cindex @code{struct} directive
6883Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6884which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6885@smallexample
6886 .struct 0
6887field1:
6888 .struct field1 + 4
6889field2:
6890 .struct field2 + 4
6891field3:
6892@end smallexample
6893This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6894@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6895value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6896use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6897before further assembly.
6898
c91d2e08
NC
6899@ifset ELF
6900@node SubSection
6901@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6902
c1253627 6903@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6904@cindex Section Stack
6905This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6906@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6907@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6908(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6909
6910This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6911section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6912in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6913@end ifset
6914
252b5132
RH
6915@ifset ELF
6916@node Symver
6917@section @code{.symver}
6918@cindex @code{symver} directive
6919@cindex symbol versioning
6920@cindex versions of symbols
6921Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6922within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6923typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6924There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6925into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6926shared library.
6927
79082ff0 6928For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6929@smallexample
6930.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6931@end smallexample
339681c0 6932If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6933being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6934alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6935just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6936permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6937of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6938itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6939have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6940file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6941function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6942the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6943building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6944symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6945nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6946
6947If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6948references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6949reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6950symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6951
6952Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6953@smallexample
6954.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6955@end smallexample
6956In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6957the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6958difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6959references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6960
6961The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6962@smallexample
6963.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6964@end smallexample
6965When @var{name} is not defined within the
6966file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6967@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6968name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6969@end ifset
6970
6971@ifset COFF
6972@node Tag
6973@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6974
6975@cindex COFF structure debugging
6976@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6977@cindex @code{tag} directive
6978This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6979information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6980@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6981definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6982@ifset BOUT
6983
6984@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6985@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6986ignores it.
6987@end ifset
6988@end ifset
6989
6990@node Text
6991@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6992
6993@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6994Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6995the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6996expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6997is used.
6998
6999@node Title
7000@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7001
7002@cindex @code{title} directive
7003@cindex listing control: title line
7004Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7005source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7006
7007This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7008it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7009
c1253627 7010@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7011@node Type
c1253627
NC
7012@section @code{.type}
7013
7014This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7015
7016@ifset COFF
7017@ifset ELF
7018@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7019@subheading COFF Version
7020@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7021
7022@cindex COFF symbol type
7023@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7024@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7025For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7026@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7027
7028@smallexample
7029.type @var{int}
7030@end smallexample
7031
7032This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7033entry.
252b5132 7034
c91d2e08 7035@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7036@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7037@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7038directive but ignores it.
7039@end ifset
c1253627 7040@end ifset
c91d2e08 7041
c1253627
NC
7042@ifset ELF
7043@ifset COFF
7044@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7045@subheading ELF Version
7046@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7047
7048@cindex ELF symbol type
7049@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7050@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7051For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7052
7053@smallexample
7054.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7055@end smallexample
7056
7057This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7058function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7059supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7060compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7061
7062Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7063@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7064below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7065the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7066maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7067assemblers.
7068
7069The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7070
7071@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7072 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7073 .type <name>,#<type>
7074 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7075 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7076 .type <name>,"<type>"
7077@end smallexample
7078
7079The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7080
5671778d
NC
7081@table @gcctabopt
7082@item STT_FUNC
7083@itemx function
7084Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7085
d8045f23
NC
7086@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7087@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7088Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7089processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7090
5671778d
NC
7091@item STT_OBJECT
7092@itemx object
7093Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7094
7095@item STT_TLS
7096@itemx tls_object
7097Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
7098
7099@item STT_COMMON
7100@itemx common
7101Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7102
7103@item STT_NOTYPE
7104@itemx notype
7105Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7106
3e7a7d11
NC
7107@item gnu_unique_object
7108Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7109will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7110name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7111systems).
3e7a7d11 7112
5671778d
NC
7113@end table
7114
7115Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7116
c1253627
NC
7117@end ifset
7118@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7119
7120@node Uleb128
7121@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7122
7123@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7124@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7125compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7126symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7127
7128@ifset COFF
7129@node Val
7130@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7131
7132@cindex @code{val} directive
7133@cindex COFF value attribute
7134@cindex value attribute, COFF
7135This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7136records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7137entry.
7138@ifset BOUT
7139
a4fb0134 7140@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7141configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7142@end ifset
7143@end ifset
7144
2e13b764 7145@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7146@node Version
7147@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7148
c1253627 7149@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7150This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7151formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7152@end ifset
2e13b764 7153
c91d2e08
NC
7154@ifset ELF
7155@node VTableEntry
7156@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7157
653cfe85 7158@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7159This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7160@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7161
c91d2e08
NC
7162@node VTableInherit
7163@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7164
653cfe85 7165@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7166This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7167@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7168parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7169parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7170@end ifset
2e13b764 7171
d190d046
HPN
7172@node Warning
7173@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7174@cindex warning directive
7175Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7176(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7177
c91d2e08
NC
7178@node Weak
7179@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7180
c1253627 7181@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7182This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7183@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7184
01642c12 7185On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7186directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7187@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7188
977cdf5a 7189On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7190When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7191alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7192
06e77878
AO
7193@node Weakref
7194@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7195
7196@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7197This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7198be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7199If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7200will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7201symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7202
7203The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7204assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7205symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7206resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7207had the references to the alias removed.
7208
7209The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7210within the assembler.
7211
252b5132
RH
7212@node Word
7213@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7214
7215@cindex @code{word} directive
7216This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7217separated by commas.
7218@ifclear GENERIC
7219@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7220For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7221@end ifset
7222@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7223For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7224@end ifset
7225@end ifclear
7226@ifset GENERIC
7227
7228The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7229depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7230@end ifset
7231
7232@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7233@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7234@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7235@cindex difference tables altered
7236@cindex altered difference tables
7237@quotation
7238@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7239@end quotation
7240
7241@ifset GENERIC
7242Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7243addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7244interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7245@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7246
7247@end ifset
7248In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7249@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7250Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7251compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7252directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7253@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7254creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7255This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7256first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7257of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7258table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7259contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7260@code{sym2}.
7261
7262If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7263secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7264@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7265long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7266and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7267minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7268entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7269
7270@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7271@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7272@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7273assembly language programmers.
7274@end ifset
7275@end ifset
7276@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7277
7ce98c16
NC
7278@ifclear no-space-dir
7279@node Zero
7280@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7281
7282@cindex @code{zero} directive
7283@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7284This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7285expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7286so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7287instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7288@end ifclear
7289
252b5132
RH
7290@node Deprecated
7291@section Deprecated Directives
7292
7293@cindex deprecated directives
7294@cindex obsolescent directives
7295One day these directives won't work.
7296They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7297@table @t
7298@item .abort
7299@item .line
7300@end table
7301
3a99f02f
DJ
7302@ifset ELF
7303@node Object Attributes
7304@chapter Object Attributes
7305@cindex object attributes
7306
7307@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7308into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7309Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7310point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7311requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7312passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7313hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7314generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7315newer generation at run-time.
7316
7317This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7318@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7319time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7320correctly.
7321
7322Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7323attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7324string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7325and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7326or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7327attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7328
7329Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7330The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7331
7332@menu
7333* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7334* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7335@end menu
7336
7337@node GNU Object Attributes
7338@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7339
7340The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7341with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7342
7343Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7344its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7345an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73462} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7347architecture-dependent ones.
7348
7349@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7350
7351These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7352
7353@table @r
7354@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7355The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7356the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7357then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7358than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7359arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7360@end table
7361
7362@subsection MIPS Attributes
7363
7364@table @r
7365@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7366The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7367
7368@itemize @bullet
7369@item
73700 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7371@item
f179c512
MF
73721 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7373double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7374@item
73752 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7376@item
73773 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7378@item
f179c512
MF
73794 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7380floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7381number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7382@item
73835 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7384with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7385general-purpose registers.
7386@item
73876 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7388registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7389@item
73907 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7391registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7392direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7393@end itemize
7394@end table
7395
7396@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7397
7398@table @r
7399@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7400The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7401
7402@itemize @bullet
7403@item
74040 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7405@item
3c7b9897 74061 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7407@item
74082 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7409@item
74103 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7411@end itemize
7412
7413@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7414The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7415
7416@itemize @bullet
7417@item
74180 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7419@item
74201 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7421@item
74222 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7423@item
74243 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7425@end itemize
7426@end table
7427
643f7afb
AK
7428@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7429
7430@table @r
7431@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7432The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7433
7434@itemize @bullet
7435@item
74360 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7437@item
74381 for files using software vector ABI.
7439@item
74402 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7441@end itemize
7442@end table
7443
3a99f02f
DJ
7444@node Defining New Object Attributes
7445@section Defining New Object Attributes
7446
7447If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7448will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7449mailing list.
7450
7451@itemize @bullet
7452@item
7453This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7454@item
7455The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7456@item
7457The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7458and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7459@item
7460Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7461@item
7462@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7463@item
7464GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7465@end itemize
7466
7467@end ifset
7468
252b5132
RH
7469@ifset GENERIC
7470@node Machine Dependencies
7471@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7472
7473@cindex machine dependencies
7474The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7475each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7476vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7477directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7478assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7479@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7480optimization.
7481
7482This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7483include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7484subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7485
7486@menu
a06ea964
NC
7487@ifset AARCH64
7488* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7489@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7490@ifset ALPHA
7491* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7492@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7493@ifset ARC
7494* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7495@end ifset
7496@ifset ARM
7497* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7498@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7499@ifset AVR
7500* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7501@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7502@ifset Blackfin
7503* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7504@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7505@ifset CR16
7506* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7507@end ifset
8bf549a8 7508@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7509* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7510@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7511@ifset D10V
7512* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7513@end ifset
7514@ifset D30V
7515* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7516@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7517@ifset EPIPHANY
7518* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7519@end ifset
252b5132 7520@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7521* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7522@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7523@ifset HPPA
7524* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7525@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7526@ifset I370
7527* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7528@end ifset
252b5132 7529@ifset I80386
55b62671 7530* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7531@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7532@ifset I860
7533* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7534@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7535@ifset I960
7536* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7537@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7538@ifset IA64
7539* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7540@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7541@ifset IP2K
7542* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7543@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7544@ifset LM32
7545* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7546@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7547@ifset M32C
7548* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7549@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7550@ifset M32R
7551* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7552@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7553@ifset M680X0
7554* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7555@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7556@ifset M68HC11
7557* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7558@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7559@ifset METAG
7560* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7561@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7562@ifset MICROBLAZE
7563* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7564@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7565@ifset MIPS
7566* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7567@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7568@ifset MMIX
7569* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7570@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7571@ifset MSP430
7572* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7573@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7574@ifset NDS32
7575* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7576@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7577@ifset NIOSII
7578* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7579@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7580@ifset NS32K
7581* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7582@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7583@ifset PDP11
7584* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7585@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7586@ifset PJ
7587* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7588@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7589@ifset PPC
7590* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7591@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7592@ifset RL78
7593* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7594@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7595@ifset RX
7596* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7597@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7598@ifset S390
7599* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7600@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7601@ifset SCORE
7602* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7603@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7604@ifset SH
7605* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7606* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7607@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7608@ifset SPARC
7609* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7610@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7611@ifset TIC54X
7612* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7613@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7614@ifset TIC6X
7615* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7616@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7617@ifset TILEGX
7618* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7619@end ifset
7620@ifset TILEPRO
7621* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7622@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7623@ifset V850
7624* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7625@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7626@ifset VAX
7627* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7628@end ifset
7629@ifset VISIUM
7630* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7631@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7632@ifset XGATE
7633* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7634@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7635@ifset XSTORMY16
7636* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7637@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7638@ifset XTENSA
7639* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7640@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7641@ifset Z80
7642* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7643@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7644@ifset Z8000
7645* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7646@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7647@end menu
7648
7649@lowersections
7650@end ifset
7651
7652@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7653@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7654@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7655@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7656@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7657@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7658@c in both conditional blocks.
7659
a06ea964
NC
7660@ifset AARCH64
7661@include c-aarch64.texi
7662@end ifset
7663
625e1353
RH
7664@ifset ALPHA
7665@include c-alpha.texi
7666@end ifset
7667
7668@ifset ARC
7669@include c-arc.texi
7670@end ifset
7671
252b5132
RH
7672@ifset ARM
7673@include c-arm.texi
7674@end ifset
7675
8473f7a4
DC
7676@ifset AVR
7677@include c-avr.texi
7678@end ifset
7679
3b4e1885 7680@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7681@include c-bfin.texi
7682@end ifset
7683
3d3d428f
NC
7684@ifset CR16
7685@include c-cr16.texi
7686@end ifset
7687
328eb32e
HPN
7688@ifset CRIS
7689@include c-cris.texi
7690@end ifset
7691
c2dcd04e 7692@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7693@ifclear GENERIC
7694@node Machine Dependencies
7695@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7696
c2dcd04e 7697The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7698and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7699chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7700family.
7701
7702@menu
c2dcd04e 7703* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7704* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7705@end menu
7706@lowersections
7707@end ifclear
7708@end ifset
7709
7710@ifset D10V
7711@include c-d10v.texi
7712@end ifset
7713
7714@ifset D30V
7715@include c-d30v.texi
7716@end ifset
7717
cfb8c092
NC
7718@ifset EPIPHANY
7719@include c-epiphany.texi
7720@end ifset
7721
252b5132
RH
7722@ifset H8/300
7723@include c-h8300.texi
7724@end ifset
7725
252b5132
RH
7726@ifset HPPA
7727@include c-hppa.texi
7728@end ifset
7729
5b93d8bb
AM
7730@ifset I370
7731@include c-i370.texi
7732@end ifset
7733
252b5132
RH
7734@ifset I80386
7735@include c-i386.texi
7736@end ifset
7737
e3308d0d
JE
7738@ifset I860
7739@include c-i860.texi
7740@end ifset
7741
252b5132
RH
7742@ifset I960
7743@include c-i960.texi
7744@end ifset
7745
9e32ca89
NC
7746@ifset IA64
7747@include c-ia64.texi
7748@end ifset
7749
a40cbfa3
NC
7750@ifset IP2K
7751@include c-ip2k.texi
7752@end ifset
7753
84e94c90
NC
7754@ifset LM32
7755@include c-lm32.texi
7756@end ifset
7757
49f58d10
JB
7758@ifset M32C
7759@include c-m32c.texi
7760@end ifset
7761
ec694b89
NC
7762@ifset M32R
7763@include c-m32r.texi
7764@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7765
7766@ifset M680X0
7767@include c-m68k.texi
7768@end ifset
7769
60bcf0fa
NC
7770@ifset M68HC11
7771@include c-m68hc11.texi
7772@end ifset
7773
a3c62988
NC
7774@ifset METAG
7775@include c-metag.texi
7776@end ifset
7777
01642c12 7778@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7779@include c-microblaze.texi
7780@end ifset
7781
252b5132
RH
7782@ifset MIPS
7783@include c-mips.texi
7784@end ifset
7785
3c3bdf30
NC
7786@ifset MMIX
7787@include c-mmix.texi
7788@end ifset
7789
2469cfa2
NC
7790@ifset MSP430
7791@include c-msp430.texi
7792@end ifset
7793
35c08157
KLC
7794@ifset NDS32
7795@include c-nds32.texi
7796@end ifset
7797
36591ba1
SL
7798@ifset NIOSII
7799@include c-nios2.texi
7800@end ifset
7801
252b5132
RH
7802@ifset NS32K
7803@include c-ns32k.texi
7804@end ifset
7805
e135f41b
NC
7806@ifset PDP11
7807@include c-pdp11.texi
7808@end ifset
7809
041dd5a9
ILT
7810@ifset PJ
7811@include c-pj.texi
7812@end ifset
7813
418c1742
MG
7814@ifset PPC
7815@include c-ppc.texi
7816@end ifset
7817
99c513f6
DD
7818@ifset RL78
7819@include c-rl78.texi
7820@end ifset
7821
046d31c2
NC
7822@ifset RX
7823@include c-rx.texi
7824@end ifset
7825
11c19e16
MS
7826@ifset S390
7827@include c-s390.texi
7828@end ifset
7829
c0157db4
NC
7830@ifset SCORE
7831@include c-score.texi
7832@end ifset
7833
252b5132
RH
7834@ifset SH
7835@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7836@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7837@end ifset
7838
7839@ifset SPARC
7840@include c-sparc.texi
7841@end ifset
7842
39bec121
TW
7843@ifset TIC54X
7844@include c-tic54x.texi
7845@end ifset
7846
40b36596
JM
7847@ifset TIC6X
7848@include c-tic6x.texi
7849@end ifset
7850
aa137e4d
NC
7851@ifset TILEGX
7852@include c-tilegx.texi
7853@end ifset
7854
7855@ifset TILEPRO
7856@include c-tilepro.texi
7857@end ifset
7858
b6605ddd
EB
7859@ifset V850
7860@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7861@end ifset
7862
7863@ifset VAX
7864@include c-vax.texi
7865@end ifset
7866
b6605ddd
EB
7867@ifset VISIUM
7868@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7869@end ifset
7870
f6c1a2d5
NC
7871@ifset XGATE
7872@include c-xgate.texi
7873@end ifset
7874
6753e72f
NC
7875@ifset XSTORMY16
7876@include c-xstormy16.texi
7877@end ifset
7878
e0001a05
NC
7879@ifset XTENSA
7880@include c-xtensa.texi
7881@end ifset
7882
b6605ddd
EB
7883@ifset Z80
7884@include c-z80.texi
7885@end ifset
7886
7887@ifset Z8000
7888@include c-z8k.texi
7889@end ifset
7890
252b5132
RH
7891@ifset GENERIC
7892@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7893@raisesections
7894@end ifset
7895
7896@node Reporting Bugs
7897@chapter Reporting Bugs
7898@cindex bugs in assembler
7899@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7900
a4fb0134 7901Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7902
7903Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7904not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7905entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7906Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7907
7908In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7909information that enables us to fix the bug.
7910
7911@menu
7912* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7913* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7914@end menu
7915
7916@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7917@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7918@cindex bug criteria
7919
7920If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7921
7922@itemize @bullet
7923@cindex fatal signal
7924@cindex assembler crash
7925@cindex crash of assembler
7926@item
7927If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7928@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7929
7930@cindex error on valid input
7931@item
a4fb0134 7932If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7933
7934@cindex invalid input
7935@item
a4fb0134 7936If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7937is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7938be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7939
7940@item
7941If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7942of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7943@end itemize
7944
7945@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7946@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7947@cindex bug reports
7948@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7949
7950A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7951you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7952contact that organization first.
7953
7954You can find contact information for many support companies and
7955individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7956distribution.
7957
ad22bfe8 7958@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7959In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7960to @value{BUGURL}.
7961@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7962
7963The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7964@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7965fact or leave it out, state it!
7966
7967Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7968and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7969name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7970not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7971happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7972perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7973the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7974give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7975and the most helpful.
7976
7977Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7978it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7979that the bug has not been reported previously.
7980
7981Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7982bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7983respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7984You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7985
7986To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7987
7988@itemize @bullet
7989@item
a4fb0134 7990The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7991it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7992
7993Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7994the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7995
7996@item
a4fb0134 7997Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7998
7999@item
8000The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8001version number.
8002
8003@item
a4fb0134 8004What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8005``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8006
8007@item
8008The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8009observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8010all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8011
8012If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8013and then we might not encounter the bug.
8014
8015@item
8016A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8017the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8018high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8019when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8020the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8021file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8022@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8023
8024@item
8025A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8026incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8027
a4fb0134 8028Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8029will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8030notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8031make a mistake.
8032
8033Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8034explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8035@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8036library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8037would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8038would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8039expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8040observations.
8041
8042@item
a4fb0134 8043If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8044diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8045option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8046discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8047by line number.
8048
8049The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8050sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8051@end itemize
8052
8053Here are some things that are not necessary:
8054
8055@itemize @bullet
8056@item
8057A description of the envelope of the bug.
8058
8059Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8060which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8061changes will not affect it.
8062
8063This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8064will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8065with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8066We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8067
8068Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8069of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8070output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8071less time, and so on.
8072
8073However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8074report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8075
8076@item
8077A patch for the bug.
8078
8079A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8080the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8081a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8082to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8083
a4fb0134 8084Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8085construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8086the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8087one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8088
8089And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8090patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8091help us to understand.
8092
8093@item
8094A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8095
8096Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8097things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8098@end itemize
8099
8100@node Acknowledgements
8101@chapter Acknowledgements
8102
653cfe85 8103If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8104it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8105maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8106@c (October 2012),
8107the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8108
8109Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8110more details?}
8111
8112Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8113information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8114extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8115
8116K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8117many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8118up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8119testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8120including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8121and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8122support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8123port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8124file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8125assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8126
8127Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8128in format-specific I/O modules.
8129
8130The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8131has done much work with it since.
8132
8133The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8134
8135Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8136
8137The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8138University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8139
8140Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8141(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8142(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8143support a.out format.
8144
7be1c489
AM
8145Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8146tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8147Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8148use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8149targets.
8150
8151John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8152simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8153updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8154fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8155remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8156cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8157required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8158
8159Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
816068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8161added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8162PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8163
653cfe85 8164Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8165
8166Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8167
8168Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8169along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8170formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8171the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8172
8173Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8174Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8175Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8176Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8177and some initial 64-bit support).
8178
c1253627 8179Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8180
252b5132
RH
8181Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8182support for openVMS/Alpha.
8183
39bec121
TW
8184Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8185flavors.
8186
e0001a05 8187David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8188Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8189
252b5132
RH
8190Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8191configuration enhancements.
8192
84e94c90
NC
8193Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8194
252b5132
RH
8195Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8196you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8197want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8198intentionally leaving anyone out.
8199
793c5807
NC
8200@node GNU Free Documentation License
8201@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8202@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8203
370b66a1
CD
8204@node AS Index
8205@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8206
8207@printindex cp
8208
252b5132
RH
8209@bye
8210@c Local Variables:
8211@c fill-column: 79
8212@c End:
This page took 1.570278 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.